diff options
29 files changed, 9179 insertions, 2495 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/ca.po b/docs/installer/ca.po index 6c837857..8c1a939b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca.po +++ b/docs/installer/ca.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-09 07:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-21 17:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <>\n" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "Llicència i notes de la versió" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -44,9 +44,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -59,8 +58,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for " -"looking. Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -85,15 +84,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -130,19 +129,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestió d'usuaris i superusuari" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -271,8 +270,8 @@ msgstr "Gestió avançada d'usuaris" #: en/addUser.xml:119 msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " -"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are " -"adding. Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " +"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> @@ -320,23 +319,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Trieu els punts de muntatge" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -357,8 +356,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -375,8 +374,8 @@ msgid "" "the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -397,9 +396,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -450,8 +449,8 @@ msgstr "Selecció de grup de paquets" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -501,25 +500,24 @@ msgstr "Trieu paquets individuals" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -527,21 +525,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configura els serveis" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -573,14 +570,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configura la zona horària" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -612,9 +609,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -693,9 +690,9 @@ msgstr "Configuració de targeta gràfica i monitor" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -706,10 +703,10 @@ msgid "" "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " "<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -724,8 +721,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " "<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " -"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> " -"list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." msgstr "" @@ -747,11 +744,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be " -"kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen " -"and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make " -"sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -785,9 +782,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -870,8 +867,8 @@ msgstr "Particionament personalitzat del disc amb DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -945,8 +942,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1094,25 +1091,24 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">" -"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1120,24 +1116,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Enhorabona" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1171,16 +1167,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatació" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1214,8 +1210,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1246,24 +1242,24 @@ msgstr "Pantalla de benvinguda de la instal·lació" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" " -"id=\"1\"/>" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:47 msgid "" "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref " -"linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1281,9 +1277,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:58 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -1315,8 +1310,8 @@ msgstr "Opcions d'instal·lació" #: en/installer.xml:83 msgid "" "If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " -"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 " -"(Help)</guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -1332,9 +1327,9 @@ msgstr "Pantalla d'ajuda de la instal·lació" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:96 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1350,17 +1345,17 @@ msgstr "Sense interfície gràfica" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" -"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection " -"screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using " -"low resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:123 msgid "" -"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be " -"possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use " -"this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " "presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " "ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" msgstr "" @@ -1390,8 +1385,8 @@ msgstr "Opcions del nucli" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of " -"RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1399,16 +1394,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualitzacions" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1436,16 +1431,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selecció del suport (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1467,11 +1462,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are " -"free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain " -"closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this " -"repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, " -"firmware for various WiFi cards, etc." +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1479,9 +1474,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " "a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, " -"e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages " -"needed to play commercial video DVD, etc." +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1493,8 +1488,8 @@ msgstr "Instal·lació mínima" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1526,24 +1521,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resum dels paràmetres diversos" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1568,9 +1563,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zona horària</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" -"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred " -"language. You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1614,8 +1609,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestió d'usuaris</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1679,9 +1674,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Targeta de so</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1702,9 +1697,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1809,10 +1803,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1820,14 +1813,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivell de seguretat" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1853,14 +1846,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleccioneu país / regió" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1874,8 +1867,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -1898,11 +1891,11 @@ msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " "input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " "multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " -"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India " -"Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input " -"method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -1921,8 +1914,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1968,8 +1961,8 @@ msgid "" "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " "unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " "want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> @@ -1977,8 +1970,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " "can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1996,28 +1989,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" " -"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" -"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard " -"layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the " -"specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There " -"may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also " -"look here: <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">" -"en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> @@ -2102,10 +2093,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Seleccioneu el ratolí" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -2123,8 +2114,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2142,9 +2133,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2158,9 +2149,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2195,15 +2186,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opcions principals del menú d'arrencada" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. # +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2279,9 +2270,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing " -"MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the " -"partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2316,9 +2307,9 @@ msgstr "Opció avançada del carregador d'arrencada" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2326,20 +2317,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configuració SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2367,7 +2357,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del so" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -2378,8 +2368,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2396,9 +2387,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -2411,7 +2401,7 @@ msgstr "Avançat" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2426,17 +2416,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmeu el disc dur que es formatarà" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2452,4 +2442,3 @@ msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" - diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/ca/misc-params.xml index 283d2add..e7ca2375 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/misc-params.xml @@ -124,9 +124,9 @@ etc.</para> <listitem> <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3"><guilabel>Targeta de so</guilabel>:</para> - <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a">Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to -select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver -for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a">The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option +to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one +driver for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/installer/ca/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/ca/soundConfig.xml index fca0c67b..e0af75f2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca/soundConfig.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ca/soundConfig.xml @@ -18,8 +18,9 @@ <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png" revision="1" format="PNG" xml:id="soundConfig-im1" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound -card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one. + <para>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your +sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default +one. </para> <para>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ to solve the problem. <para>Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers -available, but you think installer selected the wrong one. +available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. </para> <para>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on diff --git a/docs/installer/cs.po b/docs/installer/cs.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf10133a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/cs.po @@ -0,0 +1,2484 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. +# +# Translators: +# jui <appukonrad@gmail.com>, 2013 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-09 07:14+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-16 08:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: jui <appukonrad@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/cs/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: cs\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +msgid "License and Release Notes" +msgstr "Licence a Poznámky k vydání" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "Licenční ujednání" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Před instalací <application>Magei</application>, si pečlivě přečtěte licenční podmínky a ustanovení." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +msgid "" +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Tyto podmínky a ujednání se vztahují na celou distribuci <application>Mageia</application>, dříve než budete moci pokračovat, musí být přijaty." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +msgid "" +"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "Chcete-li je přijmout, jednoduše vyberte <guilabel>Přijmout</guilabel> a poté klikněte na <guibutton>Další</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +msgid "" +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Pokud se rozhodnete nepřijmout tyto podmínky, pak vám děkujeme za nahlédnutí. Kliknutím na <guibutton>Ukončit</guibutton> se restartuje počítač." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "Poznámky k vydání" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +msgid "" +"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " +"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +msgstr "Chcete-li zjistit, co je nového v této verzi <application>Mageia</application>, klikněte na tlačítko <guibutton>Poznámky k vydání </guibutton>." + +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "Výběr zdroje (Nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdojů)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "Tato obrazovka vám dává seznam již rozeznaných úložišť. Můžete přidat další zdroje balíčků, jako je optický disk nebo vzdálené zdroje. Výběr zdroje určuje, ten který bude dostupný v průběhu následujících kroků pro výběr balíčků." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "Pro síťové zdroje, jsou zapotřebí dva nasáledijící kroky:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "Výběr a aktivace sítě, není-li již spuštěna." + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "Výbrat zrcadlo nebo zadat adresu URL (první vstup). Výběrem některého ze zrcadel, budete mít přístup k nabídkám všech úložišť spravovaných Mageia, jako je Nonfree, Tainted a také k aktualizacím. Pomocí URL, můžete určit konkrétní úložiště nebo vlastní instalaci NFS." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:4 +msgid "User and Superuser Management" +msgstr "Správa uživatele a supruživatele" + +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous +#. screen), marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/addUser.xml:27 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:34 +msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" +msgstr "Nastavení hesla správce (uživetele root):" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:38 +msgid "" +"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " +"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " +"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " +"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " +"the first password by comparing them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:48 +msgid "" +"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " +"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:56 +msgid "Enter a user" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " +"enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " +"anything else the average user does with his computer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:65 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " +"users icon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:70 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:75 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:81 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " +"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:87 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:94 +msgid "" +"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " +"write protected) home directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:97 +msgid "" +"However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " +"System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " +"is both read and write protected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:101 +msgid "" +"If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:105 +msgid "" +"If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " +"extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " +"during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:109 +msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:116 +msgid "Advanced User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:119 +msgid "" +"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " +"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " +"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " +"should save his important files to a USB key." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:131 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " +"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " +"but he has more restricted access than normal users." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:138 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " +"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " +"Bash, Dash and Sh" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:144 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " +"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " +"you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:150 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 +msgid "Choose the mount points" +msgstr "" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " +"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " +"can change the mount points." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +msgid "" +"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " +"(root) partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +msgid "" +"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " +"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +msgid "" +"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " +"point field blank." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " +"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " +"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +msgid "" +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 +msgid "" +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 +msgid "" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +msgid "" +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 +msgid "" +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +msgid "" +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 +msgid "" +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 +msgid "" +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 +msgid "" +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 +msgid "" +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +msgid "" +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +msgid "" +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +msgid "" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +msgid "Partitioning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " +"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +msgid "" +"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " +"particular hard drive(s) layout and content." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +msgid "Use Existing Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +msgid "" +"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " +"been found and may be used for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +msgid "Use Free Space" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +msgid "" +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +msgid "" +"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " +"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " +"important files!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " +"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " +"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, " +"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " +"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " +"back up your personal files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +msgid "" +"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " +"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "" +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " +"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " +"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " +"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"settings:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:4 +msgid "Congratulations" +msgstr "" + +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:14 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:25 +msgid "" +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:28 +msgid "" +"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " +"will be automatically selected and started." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:31 +msgid "Enjoy!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " +"Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 +msgid "Formatting" +msgstr "" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " +"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " +"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " +"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " +"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " +"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +msgid "" +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata>" +" </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref " +"linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one" +" of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 " +"(Help)</guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text " +"mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:3 +msgid "Updates" +msgstr "" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:13 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " +"packages will have been updated or improved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " +"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " +"aren't connected to the Internet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:28 +msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:3 +msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/misc-params.xml:33 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:38 +msgid "" +"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on " +"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " +"settings here and change them if you want after pressing " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:45 +msgid "System parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:50 +msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:52 +msgid "" +"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:58 +msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " +"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:67 +msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:69 +msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:75 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:80 +msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:83 +msgid "" +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:89 +msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:91 +msgid "" +"System services refer to those small programs which run the background " +"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:95 +msgid "" +"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " +"prevent your computer from operating correctly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:99 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:106 +msgid "Hardware parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:111 +msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:113 +msgid "" +"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " +"your location, language or type of keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:119 +msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:126 +msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " +"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " +"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:136 +msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:139 +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:142 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/misc-params.xml:148 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:156 +msgid "Network and Internet parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:162 +msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " +"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " +"repositories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:171 +msgid "" +"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " +"that interface as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:178 +msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:180 +msgid "" +"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " +"internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " +"proxy service." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:185 +msgid "" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:194 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:199 +msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:202 +msgid "" +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:206 +msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:211 +msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:213 +msgid "" +"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " +"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:217 +msgid "" +"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " +"selections will depend on what you use your computer for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:222 +msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +"partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 +msgid "" +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " +"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " +"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +msgid "" +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:4 +msgid "Select mouse" +msgstr "" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:23 +msgid "" +"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " +"different one here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " +"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +msgid "Bootloader main options" +msgstr "" + +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +msgid "" +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"allow Mageia to create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +msgid "" +"By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " +"legacy and Lilo." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +msgid "" +"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " +"the Summary page during installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +msgid "Using an existing bootloader" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +msgid "" +"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " +"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"question." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +msgid "Bootloader advanced option" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +msgid "" +"If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +msgid "" +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +msgid "" +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:11 +msgid "Sound Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:17 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:23 +msgid "" +"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " +"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install " +"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start " +"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " +"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " +"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:41 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " +"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " +"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " +"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " +"choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po index 7fc73051..6962f1c8 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de.po +++ b/docs/installer/de.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-08 18:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-08 18:35+0000\n" "Last-Translator: latte <marc.lattemann@web.de>\n" "Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -2192,9 +2192,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Soundkarte</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" "Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die " "Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es " @@ -3116,8 +3116,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" "In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre " "Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist" @@ -3158,7 +3159,7 @@ msgstr "Fortgeschritten" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" "Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</" "guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden " diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po index 0611e560..43bc02d5 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el.po +++ b/docs/installer/el.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-09 07:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-10 06:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <kde-i18n-el@kde.org>\n" @@ -2171,9 +2171,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Κάρτα ήχου</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" "Το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης χρησιμοποιεί τον προκαθορισμένο οδηγό, αν έχει " "καθοριστεί κάποιος. Η δυνατότητα επιλογής ενός διαφορετικού οδηγού δίνεται " @@ -3092,8 +3092,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" "Σε αυτήν την οθόνη δίνεται το όνομα του οδηγού που έχει επιλέξει ο " "εγκαταστάτης για την κάρτα ήχου, ο οποίος θα είναι και ο εξ' ορισμού οδηγός " @@ -3137,7 +3138,7 @@ msgstr "Για προχωρημένους" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" "Με κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> στην οθόνη αυτή, κατά " "την εγκατάσταση, μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο στην περίπτωση που υπάρχουν " diff --git a/docs/installer/eo.po b/docs/installer/eo.po index 32ed0f5c..2d262714 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo.po +++ b/docs/installer/eo.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-08 18:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -2033,9 +2033,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Son-karto </guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2895,8 +2895,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2927,7 +2928,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/eo/misc-params.xml index 0610bb63..a0fb1625 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/misc-params.xml @@ -124,9 +124,9 @@ mov-globojn, ktp.</para> <listitem> <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3"><guilabel>Son-karto </guilabel>:</para> - <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a">Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to -select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver -for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a">The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option +to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one +driver for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml index 93cc2872..f55fe240 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml @@ -18,8 +18,9 @@ <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png" revision="1" format="PNG" xml:id="soundConfig-im1" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound -card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one. + <para>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your +sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default +one. </para> <para>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ to solve the problem. <para>Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers -available, but you think installer selected the wrong one. +available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. </para> <para>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po index c12c4cfc..f7177f0b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es.po +++ b/docs/installer/es.po @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Miguel Ortega, 2013 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-09 07:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 16:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/es/)\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"es/)\n" +"Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -26,9 +27,11 @@ msgstr "Licencia y Notas de Versión" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -38,31 +41,40 @@ msgstr "Acuerdo de la Licencia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea " +"cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de <application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder continuar." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de " +"<application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder " +"continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego " +"haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su ordenador." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya " +"leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su " +"ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -74,7 +86,9 @@ msgstr "Notas de versión" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, " +"haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 @@ -84,29 +98,36 @@ msgstr "es" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación suplementarios)" +msgstr "" +"Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación " +"suplementarios)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los siguientes pasos." +msgstr "" +"Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar " +"otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La " +"selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los " +"siguientes pasos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -126,38 +147,41 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios nonfree, tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su propia instalación NFS." +msgstr "" +"Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). " +"Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los " +"repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios nonfree, " +"tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su " +"propia instalación NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Administración de usuarios y del administrador" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /" +"> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -169,20 +193,31 @@ msgstr "Configure la Contraseña del Administrador (root)" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas." +msgstr "" +"Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, " +"conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas " +"las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya " +"escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando " +"desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la " +"contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita " +"repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido " +"ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y minúsculas), números y otros símbolos." +msgstr "" +"Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una " +"contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y " +"minúsculas), números y otros símbolos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -195,29 +230,41 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su ordenador." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el " +"administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones " +"ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su " +"ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono del usuario." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono " +"del usuario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del usuario en este recuadro." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del " +"usuario en este recuadro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a las mayúsculas.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de " +"conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir " +"del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a " +"las mayúsculas.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -225,22 +272,31 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la " +"contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el " +"nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=" +"\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el recuadro anterior." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña " +"en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el " +"recuadro anterior." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)." +msgstr "" +"Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio " +"personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -248,14 +304,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en <emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura." +msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en " +"<emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá " +"un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar el ordenador." +msgstr "" +"Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda " +"añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar " +"el ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -263,7 +325,10 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los " +"usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante " +"la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -281,7 +346,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado." +msgstr "" +"Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una " +"pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está " +"añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -289,7 +357,10 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB." +msgstr "" +"Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) " +"guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado " +"debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -297,7 +368,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido que los usuarios normales." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o " +"inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un " +"usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido " +"que los usuarios normales." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -305,7 +380,9 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por " +"el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -313,42 +390,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de " +"identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació " +"salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de " +"identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que " +"para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Elija los puntos de montaje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -356,46 +439,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su " +"ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</" +"application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgstr "" +"Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de montaje\", \"Tipo\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de " +"montaje\", \"Tipo\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro" +"\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y <literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje " +"desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y " +"<literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, " +"por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde " +"quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la " +"partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de montaje vacío." +msgstr "" +"Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de " +"montaje vacío." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -403,15 +503,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y tamaño." +msgstr "" +"Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y " +"luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la " +"siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y " +"tamaño." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien " +"solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -421,9 +528,11 @@ msgstr "Selección de escritorio" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para ajustar su elección de manera más precisa." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para " +"ajustar su elección de manera más precisa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -431,14 +540,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando <guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la " +"instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando " +"<guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -450,21 +564,29 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio <application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto." +msgstr "" +"Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> " +"o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de " +"útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</" +"guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el " +"software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio " +"<application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, " +"con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Selección de Grupo de Paquetes" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -473,7 +595,11 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos." +msgstr "" +"Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de " +"lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si " +"necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada " +"grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -495,74 +621,91 @@ msgstr "Entorno gráfico." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o eliminar manualmente los paquetes." +msgstr "" +"Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o " +"eliminar manualmente los paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como hacer una instalación minima." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como " +"hacer una instalación minima." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Elegir paquetes detalladamente" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su instalación." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su " +"instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes (también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón durante la instalación para cargarlo." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</" +"guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes " +"(también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para " +"instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón " +"durante la instalación para cargarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configure sus Servicios" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando arranque su sistema." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando " +"arranque su sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo y ver todos los servicios que contiene." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo " +"y ver todos los servicios que contiene." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -574,7 +717,9 @@ msgstr "La configuración elegida por DrakX es normalmente la más correcta." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de abajo." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de " +"abajo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -586,36 +731,45 @@ msgstr "Sólo cambie servicios cuando sepa bien lo que está haciendo." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configure su huso horario" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo huso horario." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo " +"huso horario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora " +"local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos " +"están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -625,24 +779,31 @@ msgstr "Escoja un servidor X (Configurando su tarjeta gráfica)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y " +"usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:" +msgstr "" +"Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted " +"sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -665,7 +826,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de frabicantes (porque todavía no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg." +msgstr "" +"Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de frabicantes (porque todavía " +"no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar " +"un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -673,14 +837,20 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo." +msgstr "" +"El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código " +"abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un " +"controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador " +"vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos." +msgstr "" +"Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso " +"solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -688,30 +858,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante." +msgstr "" +"Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios " +"para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En " +"algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema." +msgstr "" +"Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder " +"acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta gráfica y del monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +" <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -720,19 +896,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente <acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de " +"escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</" +"application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de " +"usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente " +"<acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" +"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione " +"bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. " +"Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> " +"no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su tarjeta de la lista si es necesario." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su " +"tarjeta de la lista si es necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -742,7 +929,12 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de " +"la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. " +"Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las " +"tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -754,7 +946,9 @@ msgstr "Tasas de refresco incorrectas pueden dañar su monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución " +"deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -762,19 +956,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está disponible</emphasis>." +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no " +"siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su " +"configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la " +"configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se " +"guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá " +"reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que " +"la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está " +"disponible</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el activar o desactivar varias opciones." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el " +"activar o desactivar varias opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -786,7 +990,9 @@ msgstr "Escogiendo su monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su monitor correctamente." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede " +"identificar su monitor correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -795,15 +1001,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la documentacion de su monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar " +"su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin " +"saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la " +"documentacion de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -814,10 +1027,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco " +"vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical " +"determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion " +"horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -826,7 +1043,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y consulte la documentacion de su monitor." +msgstr "" +"Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con " +"un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que " +"puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y " +"consulte la documentacion de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -838,7 +1059,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores." +msgstr "" +"Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor " +"que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -850,7 +1073,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendedor</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:" +msgstr "" +"Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe " +"cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -871,11 +1096,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genérico</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como 1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una selección conservadora. " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en " +"portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si " +"necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no " +"se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una " +"selección conservadora. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -885,47 +1116,63 @@ msgstr "Particionado de disco personalizado con DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará." +msgstr "" +"Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que " +"tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de " +"encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de " +"lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar." +msgstr "" +"Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar " +"particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su " +"tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, " +"como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones del disco de almacenaje seleccionado." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones " +"del disco de almacenaje seleccionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela." +msgstr "" +"Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición " +"escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de " +"montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -948,21 +1195,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el " +"sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar " +"<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." +msgstr "" +"Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del " +"contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -974,7 +1228,9 @@ msgstr "Usar la partición existente" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación." +msgstr "" +"Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones " +"compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -984,9 +1240,11 @@ msgstr "Usar el espacio libre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su nueva instalación de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su " +"nueva instalación de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -996,9 +1254,11 @@ msgstr "Usar espacio libre en una partición de Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador puede ofrecer usarlo." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador " +"puede ofrecer usarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1006,7 +1266,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!" +msgstr "" +"¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación " +"de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia " +"de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1017,7 +1280,14 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad de sus archivos personales." +msgstr "" +"Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la " +"partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, " +"Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. " +"También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que " +"todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se " +"va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad " +"de sus archivos personales." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1032,7 +1302,9 @@ msgstr "Esta opción usará el disco completo para Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. ¡Tenga cuidado!" +msgstr "" +"¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. " +"¡Tenga cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1040,7 +1312,9 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción." +msgstr "" +"Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información " +"en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1050,9 +1324,11 @@ msgstr "Particionamiento personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación en su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación " +"en su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1061,10 +1337,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB.Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las siguientes configuraciones:" +msgstr "" +"Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez " +"de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware " +"disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales " +"discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB." +"Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como " +"gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las " +"siguientes configuraciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1080,7 +1363,9 @@ msgstr "\"Espacio libre que precede a (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de megabytes." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de " +"megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1095,10 +1380,12 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." +msgstr "" +"Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá " +"dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1109,64 +1396,82 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la " +"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" +"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el " +"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de " +"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Felicitaciones" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision=" +"\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y " +"ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los " +"sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada." +msgstr "" +"Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de " +"Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1178,43 +1483,54 @@ msgstr "¡Que lo disfrute!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formateo" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /" +"> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para formatear." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier " +"información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para " +"formatear." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan formatearse." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan " +"formatearse." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que " +"quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1223,14 +1539,20 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla principal. En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones." +msgstr "" +"Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en " +"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> " +"y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla " +"principal. En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</" +"guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:18 @@ -1243,14 +1565,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil posible." +msgstr "" +"Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está " +"diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil " +"posible." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:29 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite." +msgstr "" +"El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto " +"iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:35 @@ -1260,23 +1587,32 @@ msgstr "Pantalla de bienvenida del Instalador" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata>" -" </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:47 msgid "" "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref " -"linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." -msgstr "Si tiene problemas durante la instalación, puede que sea necesario usar opciones especiales de instalación, vea <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"/>." +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene problemas durante la instalación, puede que sea necesario usar " +"opciones especiales de instalación, vea <xref linkend=\"installationOptions" +"\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:52 @@ -1286,24 +1622,29 @@ msgstr "Los pasos de la instalación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:55 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser " +"seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:58 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones <guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones " +"<guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión." +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> " +"que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:66 @@ -1313,10 +1654,17 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." +msgstr "" +"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es " +"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha " +"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su " +"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un " +"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal " +"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:80 @@ -1326,10 +1674,13 @@ msgstr "Opciones de instalación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:83 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one" -" of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 " -"(Help)</guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" -msgstr "Si la instalación falla, puede ser necesario volver a intentarlo usando una de las opciones extra disponibles pulsando <guibutton>F1 (Help)</guibutton>. Vea <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Si la instalación falla, puede ser necesario volver a intentarlo usando una " +"de las opciones extra disponibles pulsando <guibutton>F1 (Help)</guibutton>. " +"Vea <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:87 @@ -1344,10 +1695,12 @@ msgstr "Pantalla de Ayuda de la Instalación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:96 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:105 @@ -1359,26 +1712,33 @@ msgstr "Problemas en la Instalación y Posibles Soluciones." msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "No hay Interfaz Gráfica" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</code> en la terminal." +msgstr "" +"Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del " +"idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas " +"antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</" +"code> en la terminal." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:123 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text " -"mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" -msgstr "Si el hardware es muy antiguo, puede que no sea posible hacer una instalación gráfica. En este caso merece la pena intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para usarla, pulse ESC en la primera pantalla de bienvenida y confirme con INTRO. Le aparecerá una pantalla negra con la palabra \"boot:\" Escriba \"text\" y presione INTRO. Ahora continúe con la instalación en modo texto." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Si el hardware es muy antiguo, puede que no sea posible hacer una " +"instalación gráfica. En este caso merece la pena intentar una instalación en " +"modo texto. Para usarla, pulse ESC en la primera pantalla de bienvenida y " +"confirme con INTRO. Le aparecerá una pantalla negra con la palabra \"boot:\" " +"Escriba \"text\" y presione INTRO. Ahora continúe con la instalación en modo " +"texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:135 @@ -1393,7 +1753,12 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal. Esta opción puede ser combinada con otras si es necesario." +msgstr "" +"Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un " +"problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática " +"de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, " +"escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal. Esta opción puede ser combinada " +"con otras si es necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:147 @@ -1405,38 +1770,43 @@ msgstr "Opciones del Kernel" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría 256MB de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar " +"erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla " +"manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la " +"cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría " +"256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualizaciones" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates." +"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes." +msgstr "" +"Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se " +"han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1444,7 +1814,9 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet" +msgstr "" +"Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</" +"guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1456,55 +1828,73 @@ msgstr "Luego, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selección de medio (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser elegidos en los próximos pasos." +msgstr "" +"Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los " +"repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la " +"instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser " +"elegidos en los próximos pasos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que contiene la base de la distribución." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que " +"contiene la base de la distribución." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, " +"es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de " +"código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio " +"incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, " +"firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo " +"una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este " +"repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en " +"algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para " +"reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para " +"reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1515,9 +1905,12 @@ msgstr "Instalación mínima." #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de " +"Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1526,14 +1919,21 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos " +"específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o " +"una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto " +"con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree" +"\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá " +"algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1541,34 +1941,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resumen de la Configuración" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1577,7 +1980,10 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo del hardware que ha detectado. Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo " +"del hardware que ha detectado. Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y " +"cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1593,9 +1999,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Huso horario</guilabel>:" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede " +"cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1607,7 +2016,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Región</guilabel>:" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref " +"linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1638,9 +2049,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Administración de usuarios</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio " +"<literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1652,19 +2065,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servicios</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos." +msgstr "" +"Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que " +"funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta " +"le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente." +msgstr "" +"Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una " +"equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -1681,7 +2100,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado." +msgstr "" +"Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que " +"dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1693,7 +2114,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ratón</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, trackballs, etc." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, " +"trackballs, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1703,10 +2126,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tarjeta de sonido</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." +msgstr "" +"El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger " +"uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta " +"pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1715,9 +2141,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -1727,10 +2153,11 @@ msgstr "Para más información, vea <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1749,14 +2176,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores libres (nonfree), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el <application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener activados los repositorios non-free." +msgstr "" +"Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores " +"libres (nonfree), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el " +"<application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener " +"activados los repositorios non-free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para que también la controle." +msgstr "" +"Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para " +"que también la controle." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1769,14 +2202,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de proxy." +msgstr "" +"Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. " +"Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de " +"proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los parámetros que debe poner aquí." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los " +"parámetros que debe poner aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1791,9 +2229,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de seguridad</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada para un uso general." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en " +"la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada " +"para un uso general." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -1810,50 +2251,64 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Cortafuegos</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos." +msgstr "" +"El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos " +"importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes " +"pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su " +"selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy peligroso!" +msgstr "" +"¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy " +"peligroso!" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" +msgstr "" +"Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +"superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +"superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer " +"espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivel de seguridad" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -1871,22 +2326,28 @@ msgstr "Si no sabe qué elegir, deje la configuración por defecto como está." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad " +"en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de " +"Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleccione su país / Región" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -1894,14 +2355,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la " +"moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que " +"no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros " +"Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -1910,7 +2376,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX seguirá su elección real." +msgstr "" +"Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, " +"después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la " +"primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX " +"seguirá su elección real." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -1921,14 +2391,23 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas (Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede " +"seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de " +"entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas " +"(Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs " +"de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones " +"asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que " +"los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de " +"entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden " +"instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -1936,7 +2415,10 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root." +msgstr "" +"Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede " +"hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su " +"computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -1946,9 +2428,11 @@ msgstr "Instalar o actualizar" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -1959,7 +2443,9 @@ msgstr "Instalación" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</" +"application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -1972,7 +2458,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Si tiene una o más versiones de <application>Mageia</application> instaladas en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la última versión." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene una o más versiones de <application>Mageia</application> instaladas " +"en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la " +"última versión." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -1980,31 +2469,47 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Solamente se ha testado la actualización desde una versión de Mageia anterior que <emphasis>todavía está soportada</emphasis> cuando esta versión del instalador se lanzó. Si quiere actualizar una versión de Mageia que ya ha alcanzado su fin de soporte, entonces es mejor hacer una instalación limpia preservando su partición <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Solamente se ha testado la actualización desde una versión de Mageia " +"anterior que <emphasis>todavía está soportada</emphasis> cuando esta versión " +"del instalador se lanzó. Si quiere actualizar una versión de Mageia que ya " +"ha alcanzado su fin de soporte, entonces es mejor hacer una instalación " +"limpia preservando su partición <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar" +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es " +"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha " +"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su " +"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un " +"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal " +"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>. <emphasis>NO</emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede " +"volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de " +"Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>. <emphasis>NO</" +"emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2016,43 +2521,60 @@ msgstr "Teclado" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense." +msgstr "" +"DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún " +"teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor. Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del " +"teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire " +"en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor. " +"Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También " +"puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Distribución_del_teclado</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</" +"guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la lista completa." +msgstr "" +"Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</" +"guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de " +"teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar " +"esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la " +"lista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2060,7 +2582,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas y no latinas." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una " +"pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas " +"y no latinas." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2073,38 +2598,52 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente. <application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la instalación y para su sistema instalado." +msgstr "" +"Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente. " +"<application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la " +"instalación y para su sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la instalación." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, " +"usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos " +"ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la " +"instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección de múltiples idiomas." +msgstr "" +"Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la " +"primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección " +"de múltiples idiomas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale también el idioma de su teclado." +msgstr "" +"Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale " +"también el idioma de su teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2112,52 +2651,65 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado." +msgstr "" +"Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en " +"la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. " +"Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Administrar la localización de su sistema." +msgstr "" +"Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro " +"de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Administrar la localización de su " +"sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Elección del ratón" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente." +msgstr "" +"Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 " +"y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o más botones." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</" +"guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o " +"más botones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -2167,10 +2719,13 @@ msgstr "Agregando o modificando una entrada en el menú de arranque" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -2178,75 +2733,94 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima." +msgstr "" +"Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el " +"boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> " +"y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada." +msgstr "" +"Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una " +"entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede renombrar completamente." +msgstr "" +"Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede " +"renombrar completamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos que seleccione otra." +msgstr "" +"La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos " +"que seleccione otra." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo." +msgstr "" +"Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, " +"no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opciones principales del cargador de arranque" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader." +"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por " +"elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo." +msgstr "" +"Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, " +"necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o " +"permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -2265,14 +2839,19 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot " +"Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, " +"Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo." +msgstr "" +"Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque " +"opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -2280,14 +2859,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son soportados por GRUB y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por defecto." +msgstr "" +"Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son " +"soportados por GRUB y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por " +"defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible en la página de resumen durante la instación." +msgstr "" +"La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible " +"en la página de resumen durante la instación." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -2298,18 +2882,25 @@ msgstr "Usando un cargador de arranque existente" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de <guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de " +"PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de " +"<guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le " +"permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como por ejemplo sda7." +msgstr "" +"No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe " +"de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como " +"por ejemplo sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -2320,19 +2911,27 @@ msgstr "Para ser claro, sda es un dispositivo, sda7 es una partición." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve al instalador." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar " +"donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve " +"al instalador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del sistema operativo en cuestión." +msgstr "" +"El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de " +"arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente " +"consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que " +"debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del " +"sistema operativo en cuestión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -2343,73 +2942,89 @@ msgstr "Opción avanzada del cargador de arranque" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>. Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio libre." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</" +"literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en " +"<guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /" +"tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>. Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio " +"libre." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configurando SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco duro." +msgstr "" +"DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos " +"controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los " +"controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco " +"duro." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que tenga." +msgstr "" +"Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que " +"tenga." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente." +msgstr "" +"Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configurar el sonido" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." -msgstr "En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay alguno." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido " +"para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay alguno." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -2419,16 +3034,25 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <command>draksound</command> o inicie esta herramienta vía MCC (Centro de Control de Mageia), escogiendo la etiqueta <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> y haciendo click en <guilabel>Configurar Sonido</guilabel> en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla." +msgstr "" +"El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras " +"la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <command>draksound</command> o inicie " +"esta herramienta vía MCC (Centro de Control de Mageia), escogiendo la " +"etiqueta <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> y haciendo click en " +"<guilabel>Configurar Sonido</guilabel> en la esquina superior derecha de la " +"pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de \"Configurar sonido\" de draksound, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y en <guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar un consejo útil sobre cómo resolver el problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de \"Configurar sonido\" de " +"draksound, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y en " +"<guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar un consejo útil " +"sobre cómo resolver el problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -2440,45 +3064,54 @@ msgstr "Avanzado" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Hacer click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> en esta pantalla, durante la instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." +msgstr "" +"Hacer click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> en esta pantalla, durante la " +"instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios " +"disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en <guibutton>Escoger un driver</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en " +"<guibutton>Escoger un driver</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirme el disco que va a formatear" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar " +"todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro." diff --git a/docs/installer/et.po b/docs/installer/et.po index 4b803dbc..7fa8e61b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et.po +++ b/docs/installer/et.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-09 07:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-12 02:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -2108,13 +2108,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Helikaart</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" "Paigaldusprogramm kasutab vaikimisi draiverit, kui see on olemas. Võimalus " -"valida teist draiverit antakse ainult siis, kui helikaardile on olemas " -"mitu draiverit, aga ükski neist ei ole vaikimisi draiver." +"valida teist draiverit antakse ainult siis, kui helikaardile on olemas mitu " +"draiverit, aga ükski neist ei ole vaikimisi draiver." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2453,9 +2453,9 @@ msgstr "" "versioonilt, mis oli <emphasis>veel toetatud</emphasis> ajal, mil ilmus " "praegune paigaldusprogrammi versioon. Kui soovite uuendada Mageia " "versioonilt, mille ametlik toetamine oli lõppenud juba enne praeguse " -"paigaldusprogrammi ilmumist, siis on mõistlikum võtta ette pigem " -"uus paigaldus (selle juures tasub mõistagi jätta alles oma " -"<literal>home</literal>-partitsioon)." +"paigaldusprogrammi ilmumist, siis on mõistlikum võtta ette pigem uus " +"paigaldus (selle juures tasub mõistagi jätta alles oma <literal>home</" +"literal>-partitsioon)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 @@ -2992,8 +2992,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" "Siin näeb draiveri nime, mille paigaldusprogramm on välja valinud teie " "helikaardile ja millest saab vaikimisi draiver." @@ -3008,10 +3009,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." msgstr "" "Vaikimisi draiver peaks töötama probleemideta. Kui siiski esineb pärast " -"paigaldamist probleeme heliga, andke käsk <command>draksound</command>" -"või käivitage sama tööriist Mageia juhtimiskeskuses, valides seal " -"külgpaneelil <guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> ning klõpsates ilmuvas aknas " -"ülal paremal asuvale ikoonile <guilabel>Heli seadistamine</guilabel>." +"paigaldamist probleeme heliga, andke käsk <command>draksound</command>või " +"käivitage sama tööriist Mageia juhtimiskeskuses, valides seal külgpaneelil " +"<guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> ning klõpsates ilmuvas aknas ülal paremal " +"asuvale ikoonile <guilabel>Heli seadistamine</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 @@ -3020,8 +3021,8 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" "guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" -"Seejärel klõpsake draksoundi ehk \"Heli seadistamise\" tööriistas " -"nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja seejärel nupule " +"Seejärel klõpsake draksoundi ehk \"Heli seadistamise\" tööriistas nupule " +"<guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja seejärel nupule " "<guibutton>Probleemi otsimine</guibutton>, kust leiab mitmeid häid " "soovitusi, kuidas hädast üle saada." @@ -3035,12 +3036,11 @@ msgstr "Edasijõudnuile" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" -"Klõpsamisest nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> võib " -"paigaldamise ajal abi olla, kui vaikimisi draiverit ei ole, küll on " -"aga saada mitu draiverit ning te arvate, et paigaldusprogramm on " -"valinud neist vale." +"Klõpsamisest nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> võib paigaldamise " +"ajal abi olla, kui vaikimisi draiverit ei ole, küll on aga saada mitu " +"draiverit ning te arvate, et paigaldusprogramm on valinud neist vale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 @@ -3048,8 +3048,8 @@ msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Sellisel juhul saate valida mõne muu draiveri, kui klõpsate " -"nupule <guibutton>Suvalise draiveri valimine</guibutton>." +"Sellisel juhul saate valida mõne muu draiveri, kui klõpsate nupule " +"<guibutton>Suvalise draiveri valimine</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po index 50ea1a42..9b871d18 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr.po +++ b/docs/installer/fr.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-08 18:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-08 18:50+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Dune <dune06@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -2154,9 +2154,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Carte son :</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" "L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option " "de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un " @@ -3067,8 +3067,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" "Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre " "carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un." @@ -3110,7 +3111,7 @@ msgstr "Avancé" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de " "l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun " diff --git a/docs/installer/help.pot b/docs/installer/help.pot index b2801750..e4d26cfe 100644 --- a/docs/installer/help.pot +++ b/docs/installer/help.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-09 07:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -1676,9 +1676,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2371,8 +2371,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2404,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> diff --git a/docs/installer/id.po b/docs/installer/id.po index fe6328cf..a8b736ae 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id.po +++ b/docs/installer/id.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-09 07:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-09 19:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -2122,9 +2122,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Perangkat suara</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" "Installer menggunakan driver baku, jika ada. Opsi untuk memilih driver " "berbeda hanya diberikan ketika ada lebih dari satu driver untuk perangkat " @@ -3010,8 +3010,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" "Di layar ini, nama driver yang dipilih oleh insaller untuk perangkat suara " "Anda diberikan, yang akan jadi driver baku jika ada." @@ -3053,7 +3054,7 @@ msgstr "Lanjutan" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" "Mengklik <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> di layar ini, selama instalasi, " "berguna jika tidak ada driver baku dan ada beberapa driver yang tersedia, " diff --git a/docs/installer/nl.po b/docs/installer/nl.po index 64b79a60..3ed46b8d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl.po +++ b/docs/installer/nl.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-09 07:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-18 18:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -2138,9 +2138,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Geluidskaart</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" "Het installatieprogramma kiest het standaardstuurprogramma, als dat bestaat. " "De optie om een ander stuurprogramma te kiezen, wordt alleen gegeven als er " @@ -2484,8 +2484,8 @@ msgstr "" "Uitsluitend opwaarderen vanaf een eerdere Mageia versie die <emphasis>nog " "ondersteund werd</emphasis> toen deze versie van het installatieprogramma " "werd uitgegeven, is uitgebreid getest. Als u een Mageia versie wilt " -"opwaarderen die al niet meer ondersteund werd toen deze werd uitgegeven, " -"dan is het beter een schone installatie te doen waarbij u uw <literal>/home</" +"opwaarderen die al niet meer ondersteund werd toen deze werd uitgegeven, dan " +"is het beter een schone installatie te doen waarbij u uw <literal>/home</" "literal> partitie bewaart." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -3033,8 +3033,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" "In dit scherm ziet u de naam van het stuurprogramma dat DrakX koos voor uw " "geluidskaart. Het is het standaardstuurprogramma als we dat hebben." @@ -3075,7 +3076,7 @@ msgstr "Geavanceerd" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" "Tijdens installatie, in dit scherm, op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> " "klikken is zinvol als er geen standaardstuurprogramma is en er meerdere " diff --git a/docs/installer/pl.po b/docs/installer/pl.po index 11c540b1..b5e4b82d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl.po +++ b/docs/installer/pl.po @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-09 07:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-19 12:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Polish <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n" -"pl/)\n" +"Language: pl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pl\n" +"pl/)\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 " "|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" @@ -101,11 +101,9 @@ msgstr "pl" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Wybór nośników (konfiguracja dodatkowych nośników instalacyjnych)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -161,24 +159,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Zarządzanie użytkownikami" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous -#. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. screen), marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -265,8 +258,8 @@ msgid "" "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" msgstr "" "<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w " -"nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref " -"linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +"nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend=" +"\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 @@ -374,20 +367,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Wybierz punkty montowania" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -508,8 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Wybór grup pakietów" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" @@ -562,8 +551,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Samodzielny wybór pakietów" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -594,8 +582,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfiguracja usług" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -642,8 +630,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguruj strefę czasową" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -772,9 +760,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -1216,10 +1202,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Gratulacje" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text -#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" @@ -1238,9 +1224,9 @@ msgid "" "application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " "your computer." msgstr "" -"Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</" -"application>została zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik " -"instalacyjny i uruchomić komputer ponownie." +"Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została " +"zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić " +"komputer ponownie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 @@ -1275,10 +1261,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatowanie" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -1340,9 +1326,9 @@ msgid "" "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." msgstr "" -"Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem " -"GNU-Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację " -"lub aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. " +"Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem GNU-" +"Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację lub " +"aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:29 @@ -1388,8 +1374,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Jeśli napotkasz na jakieś problemy podczas instalacji, może się jednak " "okazać, że będzie potrzebne skorzystanie ze specjalnych opcji instalacji, " -"zobacz <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"zobacz <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:52 @@ -1402,8 +1387,8 @@ msgid "" "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " "on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" -"Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po lewej " -"stronie ekranu instalatora." +"Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po " +"lewej stronie ekranu instalatora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:58 @@ -1411,8 +1396,8 @@ msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" -"Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk <" -"guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej " +"Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk " +"<guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej " "używanych opcji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -1439,14 +1424,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje " "możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie " -"zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła się " -"instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak " +"zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła " +"się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak " "wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje, " -"że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz ponownie " -"uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego wciskając " -"jednocześnie klawisze" -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie zrebootuj komputer za pomocą " -"klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." +"że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz " +"ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego " +"wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie " +"zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:80 @@ -1462,8 +1446,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Jeśli instalacja się nie powiedzie, może być konieczne rozpoczęcie od " "początku i użycie dodatkowych opcji dostępnych pod klawiszem <guibutton>F1 " -"(Pomoc)</" -"guibutton> zobacz <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"(Pomoc)</guibutton> zobacz <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:87 @@ -1496,8 +1479,7 @@ msgstr "Problemy z instalacją oraz możliwe rozwiązania" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Brak graficznego interfejsu" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " @@ -1508,8 +1490,7 @@ msgstr "" "zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj " "użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:123 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " @@ -1566,15 +1547,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aktualizacje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -1616,12 +1592,10 @@ msgstr "Kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton> aby kontynuować" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Wybór nośników (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" @@ -1682,8 +1656,8 @@ msgstr "" "Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych " "licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium " "jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach, np. " -"kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt DVD, " -"itp." +"kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt " +"DVD, itp." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1730,21 +1704,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" @@ -1887,9 +1859,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Karta dźwiękowa</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2028,8 +2000,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2064,8 +2036,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -2279,8 +2251,8 @@ msgid "" "difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" "Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie " -"lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków<" -"/guibutton> aby je teraz dodać. " +"lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków</" +"guibutton> aby je teraz dodać. " #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 @@ -2319,10 +2291,10 @@ msgid "" "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." msgstr "" -"Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to kodowanie " -"nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie dla UTF-8 w " -"oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć wszystkich zainstalowanych " -"języków." +"Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to " +"kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie " +"dla UTF-8 w oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć wszystkich " +"zainstalowanych języków." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 @@ -2338,11 +2310,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Wybierz mysz" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -2440,11 +2411,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -2576,16 +2544,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -2620,7 +2586,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracja dźwięku" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -2633,8 +2599,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2665,7 +2632,7 @@ msgstr "Zaawansowane" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2680,13 +2647,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2709,5 +2675,3 @@ msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " "partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" - - diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/pl/misc-params.xml index 50175948..94e14ebc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/misc-params.xml @@ -124,9 +124,9 @@ etc.</para> <listitem> <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3"><guilabel>Karta dźwiękowa</guilabel>:</para> - <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a">Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to -select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver -for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a">The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option +to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one +driver for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/pl/soundConfig.xml index 761b37ca..a0f2b561 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/soundConfig.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/soundConfig.xml @@ -18,8 +18,9 @@ <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png" revision="1" format="PNG" xml:id="soundConfig-im1" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound -card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one. + <para>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your +sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default +one. </para> <para>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ to solve the problem. <para>Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers -available, but you think installer selected the wrong one. +available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. </para> <para>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po index 8356ef52..b53a3ad2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-08 18:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-08 20:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" @@ -2146,9 +2146,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placa de Som</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" "O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar " "um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, " @@ -3045,8 +3045,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" "Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som " "foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão." @@ -3089,7 +3090,7 @@ msgstr "Avançado" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" "Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é " "útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers " diff --git a/docs/installer/ro.po b/docs/installer/ro.po index a86ae3b2..b848330d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro.po +++ b/docs/installer/ro.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # corneliu.e <corneliueva@yahoo.com>, 2013 # corneliu.e <corneliueva@yahoo.com>, 2013 @@ -11,15 +11,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-09 07:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-19 21:52+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ro/)\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"ro/)\n" +"Language: ro\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ro\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?" +"2:1));\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -29,9 +31,11 @@ msgstr "Licența și Notele ediției" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -41,31 +45,39 @@ msgstr "Contract de licență" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Înainte să instalați <application>Mageia</application>, vă rugăm să citiți cu atenție contractul de licență." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Înainte să instalați <application>Mageia</application>, vă rugăm să citiți " +"cu atenție contractul de licență." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Contractul de licență se aplică întregii distribuții <application>Mageia</application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Contractul de licență se aplică întregii distribuții <application>Mageia</" +"application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Pentru a-l accepta, apăsați pe <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> și apoi pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a-l accepta, apăsați pe <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> și apoi pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Dacă ați decis să nu-l acceptați, atunci vă mulțumim că ați aruncat o privire. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton> și calculatorul va reporni." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați decis să nu-l acceptați, atunci vă mulțumim că ați aruncat o " +"privire. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton> și calculatorul va " +"reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -77,7 +89,9 @@ msgstr "Nota ediției" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</" +"application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 @@ -89,27 +103,32 @@ msgstr "ro" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Selectare medii (configurați mediile de instalare suplimentare)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "În acest ecran este afișată lista cu depozitele deja recunoscute. Puteți adăuga alte surse de pachete, precum o unitate optică sau o sursă distantă. Selecția surselor va determina care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru selectat în etapele următoare." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran este afișată lista cu depozitele deja recunoscute. Puteți " +"adăuga alte surse de pachete, precum o unitate optică sau o sursă distantă. " +"Selecția surselor va determina care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru " +"selectat în etapele următoare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -129,38 +148,40 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Selectarea unui server alternativ sau specificarea unui URL (prima intrare). Prin selectarea unui server alternativ veți avea acces la toate depozitele gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o adresă URL puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie." +msgstr "" +"Selectarea unui server alternativ sau specificarea unui URL (prima intrare). " +"Prin selectarea unui server alternativ veți avea acces la toate depozitele " +"gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o adresă URL " +"puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestionare utilizatori și administratori" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -172,20 +193,30 @@ msgstr "Definiți parola administratorului (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Pentru toate instalările de <application>Mageia</application> se recomandă să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca <emphasis>parolă root</emphasis> în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit." +msgstr "" +"Pentru toate instalările de <application>Mageia</application> se recomandă " +"să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca " +"<emphasis>parolă root</emphasis> în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în " +"căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în " +"funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va " +"trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele " +"două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și caractere speciale." +msgstr "" +"Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să " +"utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și " +"caractere speciale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -198,29 +229,41 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său." +msgstr "" +"Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține " +"drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga " +"pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva " +"ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Pictogramă</guibutton>: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba pictograma utilizatorului." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Pictogramă</guibutton>: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba " +"pictograma utilizatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Nume real</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele real al utilizatorului." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nume real</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele real al " +"utilizatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Numele contului</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele contului utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al utilizatorului. <emphasis>Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la majuscule.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Numele contului</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele contului " +"utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al " +"utilizatorului. <emphasis>Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la " +"majuscule.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -228,22 +271,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul " +"căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și " +"<xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului " +"și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Toți utilizatorii adăugați în cursul instalării distribuției Magaiea vor avea un director personal ce poate fi consultat de toată lumea (însă protejat la scriere)." +msgstr "" +"Toți utilizatorii adăugați în cursul instalării distribuției Magaiea vor " +"avea un director personal ce poate fi consultat de toată lumea (însă " +"protejat la scriere)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -251,14 +302,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Totuși, după instalare, orice utilizator adăugat cu <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis> vor avea un director personal protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere." +msgstr "" +"Totuși, după instalare, orice utilizator adăugat cu <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - " +"Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis> vor avea un director personal " +"protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, este recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i adăugați pe cei adevărați după repornire." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, este " +"recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i adăugați pe " +"cei adevărați după repornire." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -266,7 +323,11 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Dacă preferați directoare personale accesibile în citire pentru toată lumea, va trebui să adăugați toți utilizatorii doriți în etapa <emphasis>Configurație - rezumat</emphasis> alegînd <emphasis>Gestionare utilizatori</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă preferați directoare personale accesibile în citire pentru toată lumea, " +"va trebui să adăugați toți utilizatorii doriți în etapa " +"<emphasis>Configurație - rezumat</emphasis> alegînd <emphasis>Gestionare " +"utilizatori</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -284,7 +345,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care îi adăugați. Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa contul invitat." +msgstr "" +"Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un " +"ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care " +"îi adăugați. Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa contul invitat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -292,7 +356,11 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi șters la deconectare. Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele importante pe o cheie USB." +msgstr "" +"Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit " +"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi " +"șters la deconectare. Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele " +"importante pe o cheie USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -300,7 +368,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Activează contul invitat</guilabel>: aici puteți activa sau dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai restrînse decît un utilizator normal." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Activează contul invitat</guilabel>: aici puteți activa sau " +"dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se " +"conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai " +"restrînse decît un utilizator normal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -308,7 +380,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Interpretor</guilabel>: această listă derulantă vă permite să schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă, iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Interpretor</guilabel>: această listă derulantă vă permite să " +"schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă, " +"iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -316,42 +391,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID Utilizator</guilabel>: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți despre ce este vorba." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID Utilizator</guilabel>: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul " +"adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți " +"despre ce este vorba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID Grup</guilabel>: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți despre ce este vorba." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID Grup</guilabel>: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot " +"un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu " +"știți despre ce este vorba." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Alegeți punctele de montare" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -359,46 +440,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Aici puteți vedea partițiile Linux care au fost găsite pe acest calculator. Dacă nu sînteți de acord cu sugestiile făcute de <application>DrakX</application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți vedea partițiile Linux care au fost găsite pe acest calculator. " +"Dacă nu sînteți de acord cu sugestiile făcute de <application>DrakX</" +"application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Dacă modificați totul, asigurați-vă că încă mai aveți partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină)." +msgstr "" +"Dacă modificați totul, asigurați-vă că încă mai aveți partiția <literal>/</" +"literal> (rădăcină)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Fiecare partiție este afișată după cum urmează: „Dispozitiv” („Capacitate”, „Punct de montare”, „Tip”)." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Fiecare partiție este afișată după cum urmează: „Dispozitiv” („Capacitate”, " +"„Punct de montare”, „Tip”)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "„Dispozitiv” este alcătuit din: „disc dur”, [„numărul discului dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”)." +msgstr "" +"„Dispozitiv” este alcătuit din: „disc dur”, [„numărul discului " +"dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Dacă aveți multe partiții, puteți alege mai multe puncte de montare diferite din meniul derulant, precum <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> și <literal>/var</literal>. Puteți chiar să vă creați propriile puncte de montare, de exemplu <literal>/video</literal> pentru o partiție unde aveți filmele, sau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pentru partiția <literal>/home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți multe partiții, puteți alege mai multe puncte de montare diferite " +"din meniul derulant, precum <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"și <literal>/var</literal>. Puteți chiar să vă creați propriile puncte de " +"montare, de exemplu <literal>/video</literal> pentru o partiție unde aveți " +"filmele, sau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pentru partiția <literal>/" +"home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Puteți lăsa gol punctul de montare pentru partițiile pentru care nu aveți nevoie să le accesați." +msgstr "" +"Puteți lăsa gol punctul de montare pentru partițiile pentru care nu aveți " +"nevoie să le accesați." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -406,15 +504,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Alegeți <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur ce să alegeți și apoi apăsați pe <guilabel>Partiționare de disc personalizată</guilabel>. În ecranul următor puteți face clic pe o partiție pentru a-i afișa tipul și mărimea." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur ce să alegeți și " +"apoi apăsați pe <guilabel>Partiționare de disc personalizată</guilabel>. În " +"ecranul următor puteți face clic pe o partiție pentru a-i afișa tipul și " +"mărimea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți sigur că punctele de montare sînt corecte, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> și alegeți între a formata numai partițiile sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu sînteți sigur că punctele de montare sînt corecte, apăsați pe " +"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> și alegeți între a formata numai partițiile " +"sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -424,9 +529,11 @@ msgstr "Selectarea biroului" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru a vă afina alegerea." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru " +"a vă afina alegerea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -434,14 +541,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul <guilabel>Detalii</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării " +"pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul " +"<guilabel>Detalii</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -453,21 +565,30 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou <application>KDE</application> sau <application>Gnome</application>. Ambele vin cu o colecție de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă, nici unul din ele, sau dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile implicite ale acestor medii grafice. Biroul <application>LXDE</application> este mai lejer decît celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu mai puține pachete instalate implicit." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou <application>KDE</" +"application> sau <application>Gnome</application>. Ambele vin cu o colecție " +"de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe <guilabel>Personalizat</" +"guilabel> dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă, nici unul din ele, sau " +"dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile implicite ale acestor medii " +"grafice. Biroul <application>LXDE</application> este mai lejer decît " +"celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu mai puține pachete " +"instalate implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Selectarea grupurilor de pachete" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -476,7 +597,11 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident, totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul." +msgstr "" +"Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce " +"este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident, " +"totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt " +"disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -498,74 +623,91 @@ msgstr "Mediu grafic de lucru" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Selecția individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele." +msgstr "" +"Selecția individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a " +"adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Citiți <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pentru instrucțiunile despre cum să efectuați o instalare minimalistă." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Citiți <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pentru instrucțiunile " +"despre cum să efectuați o instalare minimalistă." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Selectare individuală a pachetelor" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Aici puteți înlătura sau adăuga pachete suplimentare pentru a vă personaliza instalarea." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți înlătura sau adăuga pachete suplimentare pentru a vă personaliza " +"instalarea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "După ce ați terminat selecția, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>pictograma cu dischetă</guibutton> din josul paginii pentru a salva lista cu pachetele alese (o puteți salva și pe o cheie USB). Puteți apoi utiliza această listă pentru a instala aceleași pachete pe un alt sistem, făcînd clic pe același buton și alegeți să o încărcați." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați terminat selecția, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>pictograma cu " +"dischetă</guibutton> din josul paginii pentru a salva lista cu pachetele " +"alese (o puteți salva și pe o cheie USB). Puteți apoi utiliza această listă " +"pentru a instala aceleași pachete pe un alt sistem, făcînd clic pe același " +"buton și alegeți să o încărcați." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurați serviciile" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Aici puteți configura care din servicii să (nu) se lanseze la pornirea sistemului." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți configura care din servicii să (nu) se lanseze la pornirea " +"sistemului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Sînt patru grupuri, faceți clic pe triunghiul din fața grupului pentru a-l destinde și vedea toate serviciile din el." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Sînt patru grupuri, faceți clic pe triunghiul din fața grupului pentru a-l " +"destinde și vedea toate serviciile din el." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -577,48 +719,60 @@ msgstr "Configurările alese de DrakX sînt de obicei bune." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Dacă evidențiați un serviciu, informații despre acesta vor fi afișate în infobula de dedesubt." +msgstr "" +"Dacă evidențiați un serviciu, informații despre acesta vor fi afișate în " +"infobula de dedesubt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți." +msgstr "" +"Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configurați fusul orar" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Alegeți fusul orar alegînd țara sau un oraș prin apropiere din același fus orar." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți fusul orar alegînd țara sau un oraș prin apropiere din același fus " +"orar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "În ecranul următor veți putea configura ceasul intern pe ora locală sau pe GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"În ecranul următor veți putea configura ceasul intern pe ora locală sau pe " +"GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Dacă aveți instalate mai multe sisteme de operare pe acest calculator, asigurați-vă că toate sînt configurate pe ora locală, sau toate pe UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți instalate mai multe sisteme de operare pe acest calculator, " +"asigurați-vă că toate sînt configurate pe ora locală, sau toate pe UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -628,24 +782,31 @@ msgstr "Alegeți un server X (configurați placa grafică)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX are o bază de date foarte cuprinzătoare de plăci grafice și va identifica, în general, corect placa grafică. " +msgstr "" +"DrakX are o bază de date foarte cuprinzătoare de plăci grafice și va " +"identifica, în general, corect placa grafică. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect placa grafică și știți ce model aveți, o puteți alege din arborescență:" +msgstr "" +"Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect placa grafică și știți ce model " +"aveți, o puteți alege din arborescență:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -668,7 +829,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Dacă nu găsiți placa grafică în lista fabricantului (nu este încă în baza de date sau este o placă grafică mai veche) puteți încerca să găsiți un pilot potrivit în categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu găsiți placa grafică în lista fabricantului (nu este încă în baza de " +"date sau este o placă grafică mai veche) puteți încerca să găsiți un pilot " +"potrivit în categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -676,14 +840,20 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> conține mai mult de 40 de piloți generici și cu sursă deschisă de plăci grafice. Dacă nu găsiți un pilot corespunzător plăcii voastre grafice, puteți selecționa pilotul <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> care oferă funcționalități de bază." +msgstr "" +"Categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> conține mai mult de 40 de piloți " +"generici și cu sursă deschisă de plăci grafice. Dacă nu găsiți un pilot " +"corespunzător plăcii voastre grafice, puteți selecționa pilotul " +"<emphasis>vesa</emphasis> care oferă funcționalități de bază." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Aveți grijă că dacă selectați un pilot incompatibil veți avea acces numai la interfața în linie de comandă." +msgstr "" +"Aveți grijă că dacă selectați un pilot incompatibil veți avea acces numai la " +"interfața în linie de comandă." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -691,30 +861,37 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Unii fabricanți de plăci grafice oferă piloți pentru Linux care sînt disponibili numai în depozitul Nonfree, iar în unele cazuri aceștia sînt disponibili numai pe situl Internet al fabricantului." +msgstr "" +"Unii fabricanți de plăci grafice oferă piloți pentru Linux care sînt " +"disponibili numai în depozitul Nonfree, iar în unele cazuri aceștia sînt " +"disponibili numai pe situl Internet al fabricantului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Pentru a-i putea accesa, depozitul Nonfree trebuie activat în mod explicit. Dacă nu l-ați activat în etapele precedente, trebuie s-o faceți după prima repornire." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a-i putea accesa, depozitul Nonfree trebuie activat în mod explicit. " +"Dacă nu l-ați activat în etapele precedente, trebuie s-o faceți după prima " +"repornire." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configurare placă grafică și ecran" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -723,19 +900,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Indiferent de mediul grafic (cunoscut și ca mediu de birou) ales pentru această instalare de <application>Mageia</application>, toate se bazează pe o interfață grafică sistem numită <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, sau mai simplu <acronym>X</acronym>. Deci, pentru ca mediile grafice <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> sau oricare altul să poată funcționa bine, următorii parametri <acronym>X</acronym> trebuie să fie corecți. Alegeți parametrii corecți dacă vedeți că <application>DrakX</application> nu a ales nimic, sau dacă credeți că alegarea este incorectă. " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Indiferent de mediul grafic (cunoscut și ca mediu de birou) ales pentru " +"această instalare de <application>Mageia</application>, toate se bazează pe " +"o interfață grafică sistem numită <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, sau " +"mai simplu <acronym>X</acronym>. Deci, pentru ca mediile grafice " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> " +"sau oricare altul să poată funcționa bine, următorii parametri <acronym>X</" +"acronym> trebuie să fie corecți. Alegeți parametrii corecți dacă vedeți că " +"<application>DrakX</application> nu a ales nimic, sau dacă credeți că " +"alegarea este incorectă. " #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Placă grafică</guibutton></emphasis>: alegeți placa grafică din listă dacă este necesar." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Placă grafică</guibutton></emphasis>: alegeți placa " +"grafică din listă dacă este necesar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -745,7 +933,13 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: puteți alege <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> atunci cînd este cazul, ori unul din lista de <guilabel>Fabricanți</guilabel> sau de monitoare <guilabel>Generice</guilabel>. Optați pentru <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă preferați să specificați manual ratele de împrospătare orizontale și verticale ale monitorului." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: puteți alege " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> atunci cînd este cazul, ori unul din lista " +"de <guilabel>Fabricanți</guilabel> sau de monitoare <guilabel>Generice</" +"guilabel>. Optați pentru <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă preferați să " +"specificați manual ratele de împrospătare orizontale și verticale ale " +"monitorului." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -757,7 +951,9 @@ msgstr "Ratele de împrospătare incorecte pot distruge monitorul." msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rezoluție</guibutton></emphasis>: definiți aici rezoluția și adîncimea de culori dorite pentru monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Rezoluție</guibutton></emphasis>: definiți aici " +"rezoluția și adîncimea de culori dorite pentru monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -765,19 +961,28 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: butonul de test nu apare mereu în cursul instalării. Dacă este prezent, puteți controla parametrii aleși apăsîndu-l. Dacă vedeți un mesaj care vă întreabă dacă parametrii aleși sînt corecți, puteți apăsa „da” și configurația va fi păstrată. Dacă nu vedeți nimic, veți reveni la ecranul de configurare și veți putea reconfigura totul pînă ce testul va fi bun. <emphasis>Dacă butonul nu este disponibil, fiți precauți și reverificați parametrii aleși.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: butonul de test nu apare " +"mereu în cursul instalării. Dacă este prezent, puteți controla parametrii " +"aleși apăsîndu-l. Dacă vedeți un mesaj care vă întreabă dacă parametrii " +"aleși sînt corecți, puteți apăsa „da” și configurația va fi păstrată. Dacă " +"nu vedeți nimic, veți reveni la ecranul de configurare și veți putea " +"reconfigura totul pînă ce testul va fi bun. <emphasis>Dacă butonul nu este " +"disponibil, fiți precauți și reverificați parametrii aleși.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton></emphasis>: aici puteți activa și dezactiva diverse opțiuni." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton></emphasis>: aici puteți activa și " +"dezactiva diverse opțiuni." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -789,7 +994,9 @@ msgstr "Alegeți monitorul" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX dispune de o bază de date cu monitoare foarte cuprinzătoare și în general va identifica în mod corect monitorul." +msgstr "" +"DrakX dispune de o bază de date cu monitoare foarte cuprinzătoare și în " +"general va identifica în mod corect monitorul." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -798,15 +1005,21 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Selectarea unui monitor cu caracteristici diferite poate distruge monitorul sau placa grafică. Vă rugăm să nu încercați nimic dacă nu știți ce faceți.</emphasis> Dacă aveți dubii consultați documentația monitorului." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Selectarea unui monitor cu caracteristici diferite poate distruge " +"monitorul sau placa grafică. Vă rugăm să nu încercați nimic dacă nu știți ce " +"faceți.</emphasis> Dacă aveți dubii consultați documentația monitorului." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -817,10 +1030,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizat</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Această opțiune vă permite să specificați doi parametri critici, rata de împrospătare verticală și rata orizontală de sincronizare. Rata de împrospătare verticală determină cît de des este împrospătat ecranul, iar rata orizontală de sincronizare este frecvența cu care sînt afișate liniile." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Această opțiune vă permite să specificați doi parametri critici, rata de " +"împrospătare verticală și rata orizontală de sincronizare. Rata de " +"împrospătare verticală determină cît de des este împrospătat ecranul, iar " +"rata orizontală de sincronizare este frecvența cu care sînt afișate liniile." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -829,7 +1046,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Este <emphasis>FOARTE IMPORTANT</emphasis> ca specificațiile pe care le dați să nu fie peste capacitățile monitorului: puteți distruge monitorul. Dacă aveți dubii, alegeți o configurație conservativă și consultați documentația monitorului." +msgstr "" +"Este <emphasis>FOARTE IMPORTANT</emphasis> ca specificațiile pe care le dați " +"să nu fie peste capacitățile monitorului: puteți distruge monitorul. Dacă " +"aveți dubii, alegeți o configurație conservativă și consultați documentația " +"monitorului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -841,7 +1062,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Aceasta este opțiunea implicită și va încerca să determine tipul monitorului din baza de date cu monitoare." +msgstr "" +"Aceasta este opțiunea implicită și va încerca să determine tipul monitorului " +"din baza de date cu monitoare." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -853,7 +1076,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricant</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect monitorul și îi cunoașteți referințele, atunci îl puteți alege din arborescență selecționîndu-l în ordine:" +msgstr "" +"Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect monitorul și îi cunoașteți " +"referințele, atunci îl puteți alege din arborescență selecționîndu-l în " +"ordine:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -874,11 +1100,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "Selecționarea acestui grup vă permite să alegeți dintre 30 de configurații de afișare precum 1024x768 @ 60Hz și cuprinde ecranele plate precum cele utilizate în calculatoarele portabile. De obicei este grupul bun de monitoare dacă trebuie să utilizați pilotul grafic <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> cînd placa grafică nu poate fi detectată în mod automatic. Încă odată, se recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"Selecționarea acestui grup vă permite să alegeți dintre 30 de configurații " +"de afișare precum 1024x768 @ 60Hz și cuprinde ecranele plate precum cele " +"utilizate în calculatoarele portabile. De obicei este grupul bun de " +"monitoare dacă trebuie să utilizați pilotul grafic <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> " +"cînd placa grafică nu poate fi detectată în mod automatic. Încă odată, se " +"recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -888,47 +1120,63 @@ msgstr "Partiționare de disc personalizată cu DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Dacă doriți să criptați partiția <literal>/</literal> trebuie să vă asigurați că aveți o partiție <literal>/boot</literal> separată. NU activați criptarea și pe partiția <literal>/boot</literal>, altfel sistemul nu va mai putea demara." +msgstr "" +"Dacă doriți să criptați partiția <literal>/</literal> trebuie să vă " +"asigurați că aveți o partiție <literal>/boot</literal> separată. NU activați " +"criptarea și pe partiția <literal>/boot</literal>, altfel sistemul nu va mai " +"putea demara." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, modifica dimensiunea și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe." +msgstr "" +"Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura " +"partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, modifica dimensiunea " +"și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv " +"de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton> pentru a șterge toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton> pentru a șterge " +"toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția dorită. Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de montare, redimensiona sau chiar șterge." +msgstr "" +"Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția dorită. " +"Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de montare, " +"redimensiona sau chiar șterge." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -951,21 +1199,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de " +"partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați " +"<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de partiționare și conținutul discurilor." +msgstr "" +"Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de " +"partiționare și conținutul discurilor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -977,7 +1232,9 @@ msgstr "Utilizează partițiile existente" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare." +msgstr "" +"Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente " +"compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -987,9 +1244,11 @@ msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va " +"utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -999,9 +1258,11 @@ msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber de pe o partiție Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul vă poate propune să-l utilizeze." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul " +"vă poate propune să-l utilizeze." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1009,7 +1270,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!" +msgstr "" +"Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua " +"instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine " +"că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1020,7 +1284,13 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției Windows. Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis corect ultima dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să fie și defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate fișierele de pe partiție au fost mutate din zona care este pe cale să fie utilizată. Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale." +msgstr "" +"Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției Windows. " +"Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis corect ultima " +"dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să fie și " +"defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate fișierele " +"de pe partiție au fost mutate din zona care este pe cale să fie utilizată. " +"Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1035,7 +1305,9 @@ msgstr "Această opțiune va utiliza tot discul pentru Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți grijă!" +msgstr "" +"ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți " +"grijă!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1043,7 +1315,10 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați această opțiune." +msgstr "" +"Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți " +"deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați " +"această opțiune." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1053,9 +1328,11 @@ msgstr "Personalizat" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile dure." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile " +"dure." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1064,10 +1341,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel de disc, unealta de partiționare utilizată de instalator nu a fost testată în consecință. De asemenea, unele discuri SSD utilizează acum blocuri de ștergere de peste 1Mo. Dacă aveți un astfel de disc, vă sugerăm să-l partiționați în prealabil cu o unealtă de partiționare alternativă precum gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:" +msgstr "" +"Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul " +"standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel " +"de disc, unealta de partiționare utilizată de instalator nu a fost testată " +"în consecință. De asemenea, unele discuri SSD utilizează acum blocuri de " +"ștergere de peste 1Mo. Dacă aveți un astfel de disc, vă sugerăm să-l " +"partiționați în prealabil cu o unealtă de partiționare alternativă precum " +"gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1083,7 +1367,9 @@ msgstr "\"Spațiu liber precedent (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "De asemenea, verificați că toate partițiile sînt create cu un număr par de megaocteți." +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, verificați că toate partițiile sînt create cu un număr par de " +"megaocteți." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1098,10 +1384,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul instalării." +msgstr "" +"Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție " +"de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul " +"instalării." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1112,64 +1401,84 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența " +"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la " +"îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Felicitări" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția <application>Mageia</application>, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță mediul de instalare și reporni calculatorul." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția <application>Mageia</" +"application>, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță mediul de instalare și " +"reporni calculatorul." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "După repornire, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege dintre sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult de unul)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"După repornire, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege dintre " +"sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult de unul)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va fi selectată și pornită automat." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va " +"fi selectată și pornită automat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1181,31 +1490,38 @@ msgstr "Profitați!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți la Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți " +"la Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatare în curs" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Aici puteți alege care din partiții doriți să le formatați. Datele de pe partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți alege care din partiții doriți să le formatați. Datele de pe " +"partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 @@ -1217,7 +1533,9 @@ msgstr "În general trebuiesc formatate cel puțin partițiile selectate de Dral msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> pentru a alege partițiile pe care doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> pentru a alege partițiile pe care " +"doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1226,14 +1544,20 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți sigur că ați făcut alegerea potrivită, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>, din nou pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> pentru a vă întoarce la ecranul principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu sînteți sigur că ați făcut alegerea potrivită, puteți face clic pe " +"<guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>, din nou pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> și " +"apoi pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> pentru a vă întoarce la ecranul " +"principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Cînd sînteți sigur de selecția făcută, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Cînd sînteți sigur de selecția făcută, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</" +"guibutton> pentru a continua." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:18 @@ -1246,14 +1570,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Fie că sînteți un nou utilizator GNU-Linux sau experimentat, instalatorul Mageia este conceput să vă ajute să faceți instalarea sau actualizarea cît se poate de ușor." +msgstr "" +"Fie că sînteți un nou utilizator GNU-Linux sau experimentat, instalatorul " +"Mageia este conceput să vă ajute să faceți instalarea sau actualizarea cît " +"se poate de ușor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:29 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "Meniul din ecranul inițial are diferite opțiuni, iar cea implicită este cea care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie." +msgstr "" +"Meniul din ecranul inițial are diferite opțiuni, iar cea implicită este cea " +"care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:35 @@ -1263,23 +1592,33 @@ msgstr "Ecranul de bun venit al instalării" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata>" -" </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:47 msgid "" "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref " -"linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." -msgstr "Dacă aveți probleme în timpul instalării, atunci va fi nevoie să utilizați instrucțiunile de instalare speciale, vedeți <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți probleme în timpul instalării, atunci va fi nevoie să utilizați " +"instrucțiunile de instalare speciale, vedeți <xref linkend=" +"\"installationOptions\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:52 @@ -1289,24 +1628,30 @@ msgstr "Etapele instalării" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:55 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Procesul de instalare este divizat într-un anumit număr de etape, care pot fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Procesul de instalare este divizat într-un anumit număr de etape, care pot " +"fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:58 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Fiecare etapă are una sau mai multe ecrane, care pot avea la rîndul lor butoane <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> cu opțiuni suplimentare, de obicei mai puțin necesare." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Fiecare etapă are una sau mai multe ecrane, care pot avea la rîndul lor " +"butoane <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> cu opțiuni suplimentare, de obicei " +"mai puțin necesare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "Majoritatea ecranelor au butoane <guibutton>Ajutor</guibutton> care dau mai multe explicații pentru etapa actuală." +msgstr "" +"Majoritatea ecranelor au butoane <guibutton>Ajutor</guibutton> care dau mai " +"multe explicații pentru etapa actuală." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:66 @@ -1316,10 +1661,18 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție a fost formatată, sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." +msgstr "" +"Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm " +"să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție " +"a fost formatată, sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, " +"calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu " +"un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că " +"doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:80 @@ -1329,10 +1682,13 @@ msgstr "Opțiuni de instalare" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:83 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one" -" of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 " -"(Help)</guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" -msgstr "Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou utilizînd una din opțiunile suplimentare disponibile apăsînd <guibutton>F1 (Ajutor)</guibutton>, vedeți <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou " +"utilizînd una din opțiunile suplimentare disponibile apăsînd <guibutton>F1 " +"(Ajutor)</guibutton>, vedeți <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:87 @@ -1347,10 +1703,13 @@ msgstr "Ecranul de ajutor al instalării" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:96 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:105 @@ -1362,26 +1721,32 @@ msgstr "Probleme de instalare și soluții posibile" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Fără interfață grafică" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "După ecranul inițial nu ați ajuns în ecranul de selectat limba. Acest lucru se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter." +msgstr "" +"După ecranul inițial nu ați ajuns în ecranul de selectat limba. Acest lucru " +"se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să " +"utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:123 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text " -"mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" -msgstr "Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea grafică poate să nu fie posibilă. În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru aceasta apăsați ESC în primul ecran de bun venit și confirmați cu ENTER. Vi-se va prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat „boot:”. Tastați „text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod text.<emphasis></emphasis>" +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea grafică poate să nu fie posibilă. " +"În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru aceasta " +"apăsați ESC în primul ecran de bun venit și confirmați cu ENTER. Vi-se va " +"prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat „boot:”. Tastați „text” și " +"apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod text.<emphasis></" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:135 @@ -1396,7 +1761,13 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Dacă sistemul pare să înghețe în timpul instalării, acest lucru poate însemna o problemă cu detectarea componentelor materiale. În acest caz detectarea automată a componentelor materiale poate fi omisă și reglată mai tîrziu. Pentru a încerca acest lucru, tastați <code>noauto</code> la prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte opțiuni." +msgstr "" +"Dacă sistemul pare să înghețe în timpul instalării, acest lucru poate " +"însemna o problemă cu detectarea componentelor materiale. În acest caz " +"detectarea automată a componentelor materiale poate fi omisă și reglată mai " +"tîrziu. Pentru a încerca acest lucru, tastați <code>noauto</code> la " +"prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte " +"opțiuni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:147 @@ -1408,38 +1779,42 @@ msgstr "Opțiuni nucleu" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea " +"de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica " +"manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea " +"corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualizări" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "De la data lansării acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, unele pachete au fost actualizate sau îmbunătățite." +msgstr "" +"De la data lansării acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, " +"unele pachete au fost actualizate sau îmbunătățite." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1447,7 +1822,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Alegeți <guilabel>da</guilabel> dacă doriți să le descărcați și să le instalați, selectați <guilabel>nu</guilabel> dacă nu doriți să faceți acest lucru acum, sau dacă nu sînteți conectat la Internet." +msgstr "" +"Alegeți <guilabel>da</guilabel> dacă doriți să le descărcați și să le " +"instalați, selectați <guilabel>nu</guilabel> dacă nu doriți să faceți acest " +"lucru acum, sau dacă nu sînteți conectat la Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1459,55 +1837,72 @@ msgstr "Apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selectare medii (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Aici aveți lista depozitelor disponibile. Nu toate depozitele sînt disponibile, în funcție de mediile pe care le utilizați pentru instalare. Selecția depozitelor determină care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru selectat pe parcursul etapelor următoare." +msgstr "" +"Aici aveți lista depozitelor disponibile. Nu toate depozitele sînt " +"disponibile, în funcție de mediile pe care le utilizați pentru instalare. " +"Selecția depozitelor determină care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru " +"selectat pe parcursul etapelor următoare." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nu poate fi dezactivat deoarece conține baza distribuției." +msgstr "" +"Depozitul <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nu poate fi dezactivat deoarece conține " +"baza distribuției." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> include pachete gratuite, pe care Mageia le poate deci distribui, însă conțin aplicații cu cod proprietar (de unde și numele „Nonfree”, însemnînd „non liber”). De exemplu, în acest depozit sînt incluși piloții proprietari pentru plăcile grafice nVidia și ATI, microcod pentru diverse plăci WiFi, etc." +msgstr "" +"Depozitul <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> include pachete gratuite, pe care " +"Mageia le poate deci distribui, însă conțin aplicații cu cod proprietar (de " +"unde și numele „Nonfree”, însemnînd „non liber”). De exemplu, în acest " +"depozit sînt incluși piloții proprietari pentru plăcile grafice nVidia și " +"ATI, microcod pentru diverse plăci WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> include pachete publicate sub o licență liberă. Criteriul principal pentru plasarea pachetelor în acest depozit este faptul că acestea pot încălca anumite brevete în unele țări, de exemplu: codecurile multimedia necesare pentru redarea diverselor fișiere audio/video, pachete necesare pentru redarea DVD-urilor comerciale, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"Depozitul <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> include pachete publicate sub o " +"licență liberă. Criteriul principal pentru plasarea pachetelor în acest " +"depozit este faptul că acestea pot încălca anumite brevete în unele țări, de " +"exemplu: codecurile multimedia necesare pentru redarea diverselor fișiere " +"audio/video, pachete necesare pentru redarea DVD-urilor comerciale, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1518,9 +1913,11 @@ msgstr "Instalare minimală" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Puteți alege o instalare minimalistă deselectînd tot din ecranul cu selecția grupurilor de pachete, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Puteți alege o instalare minimalistă deselectînd tot din ecranul cu selecția " +"grupurilor de pachete, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1529,14 +1926,21 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "Instalarea minimalistă este destinată acelora care vor să utilizeze <application>Mageia</application> într-un mod specific, precum un server sau o stație de lucru specializată. Cu siguranță, veți utiliza această opțiune combinată cu o selecție manuală a pachetelor, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Instalarea minimalistă este destinată acelora care vor să utilizeze " +"<application>Mageia</application> într-un mod specific, precum un server sau " +"o stație de lucru specializată. Cu siguranță, veți utiliza această opțiune " +"combinată cu o selecție manuală a pachetelor, vedeți <xref linkend=" +"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Dacă alegeți această clasă de instalare, ecranul următor vă va oferi cîteva opțiuni de instalare suplimentare și foarte utile, precum documentația și X." +msgstr "" +"Dacă alegeți această clasă de instalare, ecranul următor vă va oferi cîteva " +"opțiuni de instalare suplimentare și foarte utile, precum documentația și X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1544,34 +1948,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Rezumatul parametrilor diverși" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1580,7 +1987,11 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale detectate. Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți schimba apăsînd <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție " +"de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale detectate. " +"Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți schimba apăsînd " +"<guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1596,9 +2007,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fus orar</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DracX a selecționat un fus orar în funcție de limba pe care ați ales-o. Îl puteți schimba dacă este nevoie. Vedeți și <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DracX a selecționat un fus orar în funcție de limba pe care ați ales-o. Îl " +"puteți schimba dacă este nevoie. Vedeți și <xref linkend=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1610,7 +2024,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Țară / Regiune</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara selecționată. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara " +"selecționată. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1620,7 +2036,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem." +msgstr "" +"DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 @@ -1631,7 +2048,8 @@ msgstr "Nu schimbați nimic dacă nu știți cum să configurați Grub și/sau L #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -1641,9 +2059,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestionare utilizatori</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său director <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său " +"director <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1655,19 +2075,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servicii</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal (demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite sarcini." +msgstr "" +"Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal " +"(demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite " +"sarcini." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Trebuie să verificați cu atenție înainte de a schimba ceva aici - o greșeală poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului." +msgstr "" +"Trebuie să verificați cu atenție înainte de a schimba ceva aici - o greșeală " +"poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -1684,7 +2110,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatură</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de " +"locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1696,7 +2124,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum tablete, trackball-uri, etc." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum " +"tablete, trackball-uri, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1706,10 +2136,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placă de sunet</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." +msgstr "" +"Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a " +"selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți " +"pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1718,22 +2151,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfață grafică</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/" +">." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1752,14 +2188,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după repornire, din <application>Centrul de control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat încă depozitele mediilor Nonfree." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non " +"liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după repornire, din <application>Centrul " +"de control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat încă depozitele " +"mediilor Nonfree." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Cînd adăugați o placă de rețea, nu uitați să configurați parafocul ca să supravegheze și acea interfață." +msgstr "" +"Cînd adăugați o placă de rețea, nu uitați să configurați parafocul ca să " +"supravegheze și acea interfață." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1772,14 +2214,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Un server proxy acționează ca un intermediar între calculator și Internet. Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să utilizeze un serviciu de proxy." +msgstr "" +"Un server proxy acționează ca un intermediar între calculator și Internet. " +"Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să utilizeze un " +"serviciu de proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a " +"obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1794,14 +2241,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de securitate</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită pentru o utilizare o obișnuită." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în " +"majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită " +"pentru o utilizare o obișnuită." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul de utilizare." +msgstr "" +"Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul de utilizare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -1813,50 +2264,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Parafoc</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura." +msgstr "" +"Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și " +"escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Selectați serviciile care doriți să aibă acces la sistem. Selecțiile vor depinde de modul în care utilizați calculatorul." +msgstr "" +"Selectați serviciile care doriți să aibă acces la sistem. Selecțiile vor " +"depinde de modul în care utilizați calculatorul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc)." +msgstr "" +"Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Redimensionează partiția <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" +msgstr "" +"Redimensionează partiția <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Aveți mai multe partiții <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Alegeți care din ele să fie micșorată ca să faceți loc pentru a instala <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Aveți mai multe partiții <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>. Alegeți care din ele să fie micșorată ca să faceți loc pentru " +"a instala <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivel de securitate" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -1874,22 +2337,28 @@ msgstr "Lăsați parametrii impliciți așa cum sînt dacă nu știți ce să al msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din centrul de control Mageia." +msgstr "" +"După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de " +"securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din centrul de " +"control Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Selectați țara / regiunea" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -1897,14 +2366,20 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Selectați țara sau regiunea. Acest lucru este important pentru multe tipuri de parametri, precum moneda locală și domeniul de reglementare radio. Alegerea greșită a țării poate conduce la incapacitatea de a utiliza rețelele fără fir." +msgstr "" +"Selectați țara sau regiunea. Acest lucru este important pentru multe tipuri " +"de parametri, precum moneda locală și domeniul de reglementare radio. " +"Alegerea greșită a țării poate conduce la incapacitatea de a utiliza " +"rețelele fără fir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul <guilabel>Alte " +"țări</guilabel> și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -1913,7 +2388,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel>, după ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> poate apărea că o țară din prima listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe care ați făcut-o." +msgstr "" +"Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel>, după " +"ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> poate apărea că o țară din prima " +"listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe " +"care ați făcut-o." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -1924,14 +2403,23 @@ msgstr "Metodă de intrare" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și metoda de intrare (la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să scrie cu caractere multilingve (chineză, japoneză, coreeană, etc.). IBus este metoda de intrare implicită pe DVD-urile Mageia și pe Live CD-urile Africa/India și Asia/no-India. Pentru localele asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit drept metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu vor mai trebui s-o configureze manual. Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) care oferă funcții similare pot fi instalate dacă ați adăugat mediile HTTP/FTP înainte de selecția pachetelor." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și metoda de " +"intrare (la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să scrie " +"cu caractere multilingve (chineză, japoneză, coreeană, etc.). IBus este " +"metoda de intrare implicită pe DVD-urile Mageia și pe Live CD-urile Africa/" +"India și Asia/no-India. Pentru localele asiatice și africane, IBus va fi " +"definit drept metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu vor mai " +"trebui s-o configureze manual. Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, " +"HIME, etc.) care oferă funcții similare pot fi instalate dacă ați adăugat " +"mediile HTTP/FTP înainte de selecția pachetelor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -1939,7 +2427,10 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Dacă ați omis configurarea metodei de intrare în timpul instalării, o puteți accesa după repornirea sistemului instalat via „Configurați calculatorul” -> „Sistem” sau executînd localedrake ca root." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați omis configurarea metodei de intrare în timpul instalării, o puteți " +"accesa după repornirea sistemului instalat via „Configurați calculatorul” -" +"> „Sistem” sau executînd localedrake ca root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -1949,9 +2440,11 @@ msgstr "Instalare sau actualizare" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -1962,7 +2455,9 @@ msgstr "Instalare" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Utilizați această opțiune pentru o instalare nouă de <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Utilizați această opțiune pentru o instalare nouă de <application>Mageia</" +"application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -1975,7 +2470,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Aveți mai multe distribuții <application>Mageia</application> instalate pe calculator, instalatorul vă va permite să actualizați una din ele la ultima versiune." +msgstr "" +"Aveți mai multe distribuții <application>Mageia</application> instalate pe " +"calculator, instalatorul vă va permite să actualizați una din ele la ultima " +"versiune." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -1983,31 +2481,48 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Numai actualizarea de la o versiune precedentă de Mageia care era <emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai bine să faceți o instalare curată păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Numai actualizarea de la o versiune precedentă de Mageia care era " +"<emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a " +"fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care " +"și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai " +"bine să faceți o instalare curată păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție a fost formatată sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal apăsînd tastele <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm " +"să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție " +"a fost formatată sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul " +"nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem " +"inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să " +"reporniți, deschideți un terminal apăsînd tastele <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Dacă ați descoperit că ați uitat să selectați o limbă adițională, vă puteți întoarce din ecranul „Instalare sau actualizare” la ecranul de alegere a limbii apăsînd <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nu</emphasis> faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați descoperit că ați uitat să selectați o limbă adițională, vă puteți " +"întoarce din ecranul „Instalare sau actualizare” la ecranul de alegere a " +"limbii apăsînd <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nu</emphasis> " +"faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2019,43 +2534,61 @@ msgstr "Tastatură" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX selecționează tastatura potrivită pentru limba aleasă. Dacă nu s-a găsit tastatura potrivită, se va reveni implicit la dispunerea de tastatură US." +msgstr "" +"DrakX selecționează tastatura potrivită pentru limba aleasă. Dacă nu s-a " +"găsit tastatura potrivită, se va reveni implicit la dispunerea de tastatură " +"US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Verificați că selecția este corectă sau alegeți altă dispunere de tastatură. Dacă nu știți ce dispunere are tastatura, uitați-vă pe specificațiile sistemului, sau întrebați furnizorul de la care l-ați cumpărat. Poate că există o etichetă pe tastatură care indică dispunerea. Vă mai puteți uita și aici: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Verificați că selecția este corectă sau alegeți altă dispunere de tastatură. " +"Dacă nu știți ce dispunere are tastatura, uitați-vă pe specificațiile " +"sistemului, sau întrebați furnizorul de la care l-ați cumpărat. Poate că " +"există o etichetă pe tastatură care indică dispunerea. Vă mai puteți uita și " +"aici: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Dacă tastatura dorită nu se află în lista afișată, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton> pentru a obține o listă completă și selectați-o de acolo." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Dacă tastatura dorită nu se află în lista afișată, faceți clic pe " +"<guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton> pentru a obține o listă completă și " +"selectați-o de acolo." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "După ce ați ales o tastatură din căsuța de dialog <guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton>, vă veți întoarce la prima fereastră de dialog pentru alegerea tastaturii și va apărea că a fost aleasă tastatura din acel ecran. Puteți ignora liniștiți această anomalie și continua cu instalarea: tastatura selecționată este cea pe care ați ales-o din lista completă." +msgstr "" +"După ce ați ales o tastatură din căsuța de dialog <guibutton>Mai multe</" +"guibutton>, vă veți întoarce la prima fereastră de dialog pentru alegerea " +"tastaturii și va apărea că a fost aleasă tastatura din acel ecran. Puteți " +"ignora liniștiți această anomalie și continua cu instalarea: tastatura " +"selecționată este cea pe care ați ales-o din lista completă." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2063,7 +2596,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Dacă alegeți o tastatură cu caractere non-latine, veți vedea un ecran de dialog suplimentar în care veți fi întrebat cum preferați să comutați între dispunerea latină și non-latină." +msgstr "" +"Dacă alegeți o tastatură cu caractere non-latine, veți vedea un ecran de " +"dialog suplimentar în care veți fi întrebat cum preferați să comutați între " +"dispunerea latină și non-latină." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2076,38 +2612,53 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista continentului. <application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere pe parcursul instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat." +msgstr "" +"Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista continentului. " +"<application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere pe parcursul " +"instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "În cazul în care veți avea nevoie de mai multe limbi instalate în sistem, pentru uzul personal sau al celorlalți utilizatori, atunci trebuie să utilizați butonul <guibutton>Multilingv</guibutton> de mai jos și să le adăugați acum. Va fi mai dificil să adăugați suport multilingv după instalare." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"În cazul în care veți avea nevoie de mai multe limbi instalate în sistem, " +"pentru uzul personal sau al celorlalți utilizatori, atunci trebuie să " +"utilizați butonul <guibutton>Multilingv</guibutton> de mai jos și să le " +"adăugați acum. Va fi mai dificil să adăugați suport multilingv după " +"instalare." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Chiar dacă ați optat pentru mai multe limbi, va trebui să alegeți una din ele ca limbă preferată din primul ecran cu lista limbilor. Va fi de asemenea indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv." +msgstr "" +"Chiar dacă ați optat pentru mai multe limbi, va trebui să alegeți una din " +"ele ca limbă preferată din primul ecran cu lista limbilor. Va fi de asemenea " +"indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Dacă dispunerea tastaturii nu este aceeași cu limba preferată, atunci este recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii." +msgstr "" +"Dacă dispunerea tastaturii nu este aceeași cu limba preferată, atunci este " +"recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2115,52 +2666,66 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) în mod implicit. Acest lucru poate fi dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu corespunde limbii dumneavoastră. Dezactivarea suportului UTF-8 se aplică tuturor limbilor instalate." +msgstr "" +"Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) în mod implicit. Acest lucru poate fi " +"dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu corespunde limbii " +"dumneavoastră. Dezactivarea suportului UTF-8 se aplică tuturor limbilor " +"instalate." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de control Mageia -> Sistem -> Gestionați localizarea sistemului." +msgstr "" +"Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de control " +"Mageia -> Sistem -> Gestionați localizarea sistemului." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Selectați mausul" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți mulțumit de cum reacționează mausul, puteți alege un altul aici." +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu sînteți mulțumit de cum reacționează mausul, puteți alege un altul " +"aici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "În general <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Orice maus PS/2 și USB</guilabel> este o alegere bună." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"În general <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Orice maus PS/2 și " +"USB</guilabel> este o alegere bună." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Selectați <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forțează evdev</guilabel> pentru a configura butoanele care nu funcționează la mausurile cu șase sau mai multe butoane." +msgstr "" +"Selectați <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forțează evdev</" +"guilabel> pentru a configura butoanele care nu funcționează la mausurile cu " +"șase sau mai multe butoane." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -2170,10 +2735,13 @@ msgstr "Adăugați sau modificați o intrare din meniul de demaraj" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -2181,75 +2749,95 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Puteți adăuga o intrare sau modifica una după ce ați selectat-o, apăsînd pe butonul corespunzător din ecranul <emphasis>Configurare încărcător de sistem</emphasis> și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în acel moment." +msgstr "" +"Puteți adăuga o intrare sau modifica una după ce ați selectat-o, apăsînd pe " +"butonul corespunzător din ecranul <emphasis>Configurare încărcător de " +"sistem</emphasis> și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în " +"acel moment." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc." +msgstr "" +"Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca " +"intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o puteți redenumi în întregime." +msgstr "" +"Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o " +"puteți redenumi în întregime." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți nici o alegere la pornire." +msgstr "" +"Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți nici " +"o alegere la pornire." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți." +msgstr "" +"Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu " +"încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opțiunile principale ale încărcătorului de sistem" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul celor aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul celor " +"aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Dacă aveți deja instalat un alt sistem de operare pe calculator, în acest caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de sistem existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou." +msgstr "" +"Dacă aveți deja instalat un alt sistem de operare pe calculator, în acest " +"caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de sistem " +"existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -2268,14 +2856,20 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR („Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc dur. Dacă aveți deja alte sisteme de operare instalate, Mageia va încerca să le adauge în noul meniu de demaraj." +msgstr "" +"Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR " +"(„Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc dur. " +"Dacă aveți deja alte sisteme de operare instalate, Mageia va încerca să le " +"adauge în noul meniu de demaraj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în plus de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. " +msgstr "" +"De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în plus " +"de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -2283,14 +2877,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit." +msgstr "" +"Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt " +"suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute " +"dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării." +msgstr "" +"Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 " +"care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -2301,41 +2900,60 @@ msgstr "Se utilizează încărcătorul de sistem existent" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Dacă ați decis să utilizați un încărcător de sistem existent, atunci va trebui să nu uitați să VĂ OPRIȚI la pagina rezumat din cursul instalării și să faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> de lîngă încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a încărcătorului de sistem. " +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Dacă ați decis să utilizați un încărcător de sistem existent, atunci va " +"trebui să nu uitați să VĂ OPRIȚI la pagina rezumat din cursul instalării și " +"să faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> de lîngă " +"încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a " +"încărcătorului de sistem. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți suprascrie sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să selectați partiția rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de partiționare precedentă (de exemplu: sda7)." +msgstr "" +"Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți suprascrie " +"sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să selectați partiția " +"rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de partiționare precedentă (de " +"exemplu: sda7)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel dispozitiv." +msgstr "" +"Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel " +"dispozitiv." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Treceți în terminalul tty2 cu Ctrl+Alt+F2 și tastați <literal>df</literal> ca să verificați unde se află partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină). Ctrl+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Treceți în terminalul tty2 cu Ctrl+Alt+F2 și tastați <literal>df</literal> " +"ca să verificați unde se află partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină). Ctrl" +"+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune." +msgstr "" +"Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de " +"sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea " +"cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui " +"încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul " +"sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -2346,48 +2964,56 @@ msgstr "Opțiunile avansate ale încărcătorului de sistem" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Dacă dispuneți de un spațiu limitat pe partiția <literal>/</literal>, iar aceasta conține <literal>/tmp</literal>, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și bifați căsuța <guilabel>Curăță /tmp la fiecare pornire</guilabel>. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu liber." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Dacă dispuneți de un spațiu limitat pe partiția <literal>/</literal>, iar " +"aceasta conține <literal>/tmp</literal>, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</" +"guibutton> și bifați căsuța <guilabel>Curăță /tmp la fiecare pornire</" +"guilabel>. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu liber." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configurare SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "În general DrakX detectează corect discurile. La unele controlere SCSI mai vechi poate să nu determine corect piloții care trebuiesc utilizați și prin urmare eșuează la recunoașterea discurilor." +msgstr "" +"În general DrakX detectează corect discurile. La unele controlere SCSI mai " +"vechi poate să nu determine corect piloții care trebuiesc utilizați și prin " +"urmare eșuează la recunoașterea discurilor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Dacă se întîmplă acest lucru, va trebui să-i indicați manual lui DrakX ce discuri SCSI aveți." +msgstr "" +"Dacă se întîmplă acest lucru, va trebui să-i indicați manual lui DrakX ce " +"discuri SCSI aveți." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -2399,20 +3025,25 @@ msgstr "DrakX va putea atunci să le configureze corect." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configurare sunet" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." -msgstr "Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru " +"placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -2422,16 +3053,24 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci rulați <command>draksound</command> sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia Control Center), alegînd categoria <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> și faceți clic pe <guilabel>Configurare sunet</guilabel> în partea din dreapta sus a ecranului." +msgstr "" +"Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă " +"întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci rulați <command>draksound</" +"command> sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia Control Center), " +"alegînd categoria <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> și faceți clic " +"pe <guilabel>Configurare sunet</guilabel> în partea din dreapta sus a " +"ecranului." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Depanare</guibutton> pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați " +"pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Depanare</guibutton> " +"pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -2443,45 +3082,55 @@ msgstr "Avansat" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Apăsarea pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> în acest ecran, în cursul instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit, însă sînt cîțiva disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. " +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." +msgstr "" +"Apăsarea pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> în acest ecran, în cursul " +"instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit, însă sînt cîțiva " +"disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>Alegerea unui pilot</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe " +"<guibutton>Alegerea unui pilot</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmați formatarea discului dur" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur de alegere." +msgstr "" +"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur de " +"alegere." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> dacă sigur doriți să ștergeți toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel disc." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> dacă sigur doriți să ștergeți " +"toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel disc." diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po index 964d72f4..fab91c9d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru.po +++ b/docs/installer/ru.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-09 07:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-16 18:24+0300\n" "Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <saikov.vb@gmail.com>\n" @@ -2194,9 +2194,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Звуковая плата</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" "Инсталлятор использует драйвер по умолчанию, если он всего один и при этом " "дефолтный. Опция выбора другого драйвера предоставлена только когда у вас " @@ -3114,8 +3114,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" "На этом экране имя драйвера, который инсталлятор выбрал для вашей звуковой " "карты из имеющихся, который будет драйвером по умолчанию, если имеется " @@ -3158,7 +3159,7 @@ msgstr "Дополнительно" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" "Нажатие <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> в этом окне во время установки " "полезно, если нет драйвера по умолчанию и есть несколько доступных " diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/installer/ru/resizeFATChoose.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b96dc50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/ru/resizeFATChoose.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="resizeFATChoose"> + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 --> +<!--2013-12-01 re-adding this file to software/i18n/tools/docs/installer/en + in git, in case the related screen gets restored in drakx-installer-stage2--> +<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Изменение размеров раздела +<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application></title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">В вашей системе несколько разделов +<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Выберите +один из них, тот, который следует уменьшить в размерах, чтобы получить +достаточно места для установки <application>Mageia</application>.</para> + + + +<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2"> +.......</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>--> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/ru/soundConfig.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a94b496 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/ru/soundConfig.xml @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="soundConfig" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="soundConfig-ti1">Настройка звука</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja on 2013-12-07 --> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png" revision="1" +format="PNG" xml:id="soundConfig-im1" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>На этом экране имя драйвера, который инсталлятор выбрал для вашей звуковой +карты из имеющихся, который будет драйвером по умолчанию, если имеется +только один дефолтный. + </para> + <para>Драйвер по умолчанию должен работать без проблем. Однако, если после +установки вы столкнётесь с проблемами, то запустите +<command>draksound</command> или запустите эту утилиту из MCC (Центр +Управления Mageia), выбрав вкладку <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> и нажав +<guilabel>Настройка звука</guilabel> в верхнем правом углу окна. + </para> + <para>Затем в draksound или в окне утилиты "Настройка звука" щёлкните на +<guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и потом на <guibutton>Устранение +неполадок</guibutton>, чтобы найти очень полезные советы о том, как решить +эту проблему. + </para> + + <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced"> + <info> + <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Дополнительно</title> + </info> + + <para>Нажатие <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> в этом окне во время установки +полезно, если нет драйвера по умолчанию и есть несколько доступных +драйверов, но вы считаете, что инсталлятор выбрал неверный драйвер. + </para> + + <para>В этом случае вы можете выбрать другой драйвер после нажатия на +<guibutton>Позволить мне выбрать любой драйвер</guibutton>. + </para> + + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/sl.po b/docs/installer/sl.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5b6daaad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/sl.po @@ -0,0 +1,2484 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. +# +# Translators: +# filip.komar <filip.komar@gmail.com>, 2013 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-09 07:14+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-09 19:12+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: sl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +msgid "License and Release Notes" +msgstr "Licenčna pogodba in opombe ob izdaji" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "Licenčna pogodba" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Pred namestitvijo <application>Mageje</application> pozorno preberite licenčne pogoje." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +msgid "" +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Ti licenčni pogoji se nanašajo na celotno distribucijo <application>Mageia</application>. Pred nadaljevanjem jih je potrebno sprejeti." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +msgid "" +"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "Za sprejem preprosto označite <guilabel>Sprejmem</guilabel> in kliknite gumb <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +msgid "" +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Zahvaljujemo se za vaš ogled tudi če se odločite, da teh pogojev ne boste sprejeli. S klikom na gumb <guibutton>Izhod</guibutton> se bo vaš računalnik ponovno zagnal." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "Opombe ob izdaji" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +msgid "" +"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " +"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +msgstr "Za ogled novosti te izdaje <application>Mageje</application> kliknite gumb <guibutton>Opombe ob izdaji</guibutton>." + +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "sl" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "Izbira virov (nastavitev dodatnih virov namestitve)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:4 +msgid "User and Superuser Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous +#. screen), marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/addUser.xml:27 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:34 +msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" +msgstr "Nastavite geslo skrbnika (uporabnika root):" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:38 +msgid "" +"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " +"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " +"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " +"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " +"the first password by comparing them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:48 +msgid "" +"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " +"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:56 +msgid "Enter a user" +msgstr "Dodajte uporabnika" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " +"enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " +"anything else the average user does with his computer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:65 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " +"users icon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:70 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:75 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:81 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " +"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:87 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:94 +msgid "" +"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " +"write protected) home directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:97 +msgid "" +"However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " +"System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " +"is both read and write protected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:101 +msgid "" +"If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:105 +msgid "" +"If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " +"extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " +"during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:109 +msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:116 +msgid "Advanced User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:119 +msgid "" +"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " +"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " +"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " +"should save his important files to a USB key." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:131 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " +"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " +"but he has more restricted access than normal users." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:138 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " +"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " +"Bash, Dash and Sh" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:144 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " +"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " +"you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:150 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 +msgid "Choose the mount points" +msgstr "Izberite priklopne točke" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " +"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " +"can change the mount points." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +msgid "" +"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " +"(root) partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +msgid "" +"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " +"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +msgid "" +"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " +"point field blank." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " +"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " +"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +msgid "" +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Izbira namizja" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 +msgid "" +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Izbira skupin paketov" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Delovna postaja." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Strežnik." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Grafično okolje." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Izbira posamičnih paketov" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 +msgid "" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Nastavite vaš časovni pas" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +msgid "" +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "Proizvajalec" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 +msgid "" +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +msgid "" +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Izberite vaš zaslon" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 +msgid "" +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 +msgid "" +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 +msgid "" +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 +msgid "" +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Razdeljevanje diska po meri s programom DiskDrake" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +msgid "" +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +msgid "" +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +msgid "" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +msgid "Partitioning" +msgstr "Razdelitev diska" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " +"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +msgid "" +"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " +"particular hard drive(s) layout and content." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +msgid "Use Existing Partitions" +msgstr "Uporabi obstoječe razdelke" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +msgid "" +"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " +"been found and may be used for the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +msgid "Use Free Space" +msgstr "Uporabi razpoložljivi prostor" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +msgid "" +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" +msgstr "Uporabi razpoložljivi prostor v razdelku za Windows" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +msgid "" +"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " +"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " +"important files!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " +"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " +"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, " +"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " +"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " +"back up your personal files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." +msgstr "Zbriši in uporabi celoten disk." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +msgid "" +"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " +"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " +"this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "Po meri" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "" +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " +"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " +"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " +"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"settings:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Namestitev s programom DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:4 +msgid "Congratulations" +msgstr "Čestitke" + +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:14 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:25 +msgid "" +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:28 +msgid "" +"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " +"will be automatically selected and started." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:31 +msgid "Enjoy!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " +"Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 +msgid "Formatting" +msgstr "Formatiranje" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " +"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " +"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " +"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " +"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " +"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +msgid "" +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata>" +" </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref " +"linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Možnosti namestitve" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one" +" of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 " +"(Help)</guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text " +"mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "Možnosti jedra" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:3 +msgid "Updates" +msgstr "Posodobitve" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:13 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " +"packages will have been updated or improved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " +"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " +"aren't connected to the Internet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:28 +msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Minimalna namestitev" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:3 +msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/misc-params.xml:33 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:38 +msgid "" +"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on " +"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " +"settings here and change them if you want after pressing " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:45 +msgid "System parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:50 +msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Časovni pas</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:52 +msgid "" +"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:58 +msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Država</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " +"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:67 +msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Zagonski nalagalnik</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:69 +msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:75 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:80 +msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:83 +msgid "" +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:89 +msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:91 +msgid "" +"System services refer to those small programs which run the background " +"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:95 +msgid "" +"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " +"prevent your computer from operating correctly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:99 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:106 +msgid "Hardware parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:111 +msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Tipkovnica</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:113 +msgid "" +"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " +"your location, language or type of keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:119 +msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:126 +msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " +"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " +"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:136 +msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:139 +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:142 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/misc-params.xml:148 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:156 +msgid "Network and Internet parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:162 +msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " +"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " +"repositories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:171 +msgid "" +"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " +"that interface as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:178 +msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:180 +msgid "" +"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " +"internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " +"proxy service." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:185 +msgid "" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:194 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Varnost" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:199 +msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:202 +msgid "" +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:206 +msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:211 +msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:213 +msgid "" +"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " +"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:217 +msgid "" +"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " +"selections will depend on what you use your computer for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:222 +msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +"partition" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Stopnja varnosti" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 +msgid "" +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Način vnosa" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Namestitev ali nadgradnja" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Namesti" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Nadgradnja" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " +"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " +"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Tipkovnica" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +msgid "" +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Izberite jezik namestitve" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:4 +msgid "Select mouse" +msgstr "" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:23 +msgid "" +"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " +"different one here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " +"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +msgid "Bootloader main options" +msgstr "Glavne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika" + +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +msgid "" +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"allow Mageia to create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +msgid "" +"By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " +"legacy and Lilo." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +msgid "" +"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " +"the Summary page during installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +msgid "Using an existing bootloader" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +msgid "" +"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " +"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"question." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +msgid "Bootloader advanced option" +msgstr "Napredne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +msgid "" +"If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +msgid "" +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +msgid "" +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:11 +msgid "Sound Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:17 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:23 +msgid "" +"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " +"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install " +"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start " +"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " +"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " +"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:41 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " +"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " +"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/soundConfig.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " +"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " +"choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po index a2d71a95..ab4aa980 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv.po +++ b/docs/installer/sv.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Kristoffer Grundströ <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013 # Kristoffer Grundströ <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013 @@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-09 07:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-16 22:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Kristoffer Grundströ <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sv/)\n" +"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"sv/)\n" +"Language: sv\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sv\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -27,9 +28,11 @@ msgstr "Anteckningar för Licens och Utgåva" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -39,31 +42,39 @@ msgstr "Licensavtal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Innan du installerar <application>Mageia</application>, var god läs licensvillkoren och förutsättningar noggrannt." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Innan du installerar <application>Mageia</application>, var god läs " +"licensvillkoren och förutsättningar noggrannt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Dessa villkor och förutsättningar gäller för hela <application>Mageia</application>-distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Dessa villkor och förutsättningar gäller för hela <application>Mageia</" +"application>-distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "För att acceptera trycker du på <guilabel>Acceptera</guilabel> och sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"För att acceptera trycker du på <guilabel>Acceptera</guilabel> och sedan på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa förutsättningar, så tackar vi dig för att du kollade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din dator att starta om." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa förutsättningar, så tackar vi dig för " +"att du kollade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer " +"din dator att starta om." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -75,7 +86,9 @@ msgstr "Noteringar för utgåva" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "För att se vad som är nytt i denna release av <application>Mageia</application>, klicka på <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton>-knappen." +msgstr "" +"För att se vad som är nytt i denna release av <application>Mageia</" +"application>, klicka på <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton>-knappen." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 @@ -87,27 +100,32 @@ msgstr "sv" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Val av medier (Konfigurera kompletterande installationsmedier)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras tillgängliga för val under nästa steg." +msgstr "" +"Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan " +"lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en " +"fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras " +"tillgängliga för val under nästa steg." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -127,38 +145,41 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringarna som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller din egen NFS-installation." +msgstr "" +"Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att " +"välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser " +"som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringarna " +"som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller " +"din egen NFS-installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Hantering av användare och administratör" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -170,8 +191,8 @@ msgstr "Ställ in ett administratörs (root) -lösenord:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " @@ -183,7 +204,9 @@ msgstr "Det är " msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Alla lösenord är skifteslägeskänsliga, det bästa är att använda en blandning av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord." +msgstr "" +"Alla lösenord är skifteslägeskänsliga, det bästa är att använda en blandning " +"av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -196,29 +219,40 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda kontorsapplikationer eller spela spel och allting annat som den generella användaren gör med sin dator" +msgstr "" +"Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en " +"administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda " +"kontorsapplikationer eller spela spel och allting annat som den generella " +"användaren gör med sin dator" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer det att ändra användarens ikon." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer det " +"att ändra användarens ikon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Riktigt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens riktiga namn i detta fält." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Riktigt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens riktiga namn i detta " +"fält." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet är skifteslägeskänsligt</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens " +"inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga " +"namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet är skifteslägeskänsligt</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -226,22 +260,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I detta textfält skriver du lösenordet för din användare. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som indikerar styrkan av lösenordet. (Se också <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I detta textfält skriver du lösenordet för " +"din användare. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som indikerar " +"styrkan av lösenordet. (Se också <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i detta textfält och drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i varje textfält." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i " +"detta textfält och drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i " +"varje textfält." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Alla användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att ha en värdsligt läsbar (men skrivskyddad) hem-mapp." +msgstr "" +"Alla användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att " +"ha en värdsligt läsbar (men skrivskyddad) hem-mapp." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -249,7 +291,10 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Hur som helst, när du använder din nya installation så kommer alla användare som du lägger till i <emphasis>MCC - System - Hantera användare i systemet</emphasis> att ha en Hem-mapp som är både läs och skrivskyddad." +msgstr "" +"Hur som helst, när du använder din nya installation så kommer alla användare " +"som du lägger till i <emphasis>MCC - System - Hantera användare i systemet</" +"emphasis> att ha en Hem-mapp som är både läs och skrivskyddad." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 @@ -282,7 +327,9 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Om <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton>-knappen är klickad på så blir du erbjuden en ruta om tillter i" +msgstr "" +"Om <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton>-knappen är klickad på så blir du " +"erbjuden en ruta om tillter i" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -320,8 +367,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -329,27 +376,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Välj monteringspunkterna" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -357,46 +404,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte håller med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra monteringspunkterna." +msgstr "" +"Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte " +"håller med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra " +"monteringspunkterna." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Om du ändrar något, så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</literal> (root)-partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du ändrar något, så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</" +"literal> (root)-partition." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Varje partition visas som följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Varje partition visas som följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", " +"\"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Enhet\" kommer från: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisk-nummer \"(bokstav)], \"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Enhet\" kommer från: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisk-nummer \"(bokstav)], " +"\"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i rullgardinsmenyn, så som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och <literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även göra dina egna monteringspunkter, exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition som du vill lagra dina filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för /home-partitionen av din Cauldron-installation<literal/>." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i " +"rullgardinsmenyn, så som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och " +"<literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även göra dina egna monteringspunkter, " +"exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition som du vill lagra dina " +"filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för /home-partitionen av din " +"Cauldron-installation<literal/>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till så kan du lämna fältet för monteringspunkten blank." +msgstr "" +"För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till så kan du lämna fältet för " +"monteringspunkten blank." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -404,15 +468,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Välj <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, och bocka sedan för <guilabel>Anpassad disk-partitionering</guilabel>. I skärmen som följer så kan du klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och storlek." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, " +"och bocka sedan för <guilabel>Anpassad disk-partitionering</guilabel>. I " +"skärmen som följer så kan du klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och " +"storlek." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> och väljer om du antingen vill formatera partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på " +"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> och väljer om du antingen vill formatera " +"partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -422,9 +493,11 @@ msgstr "Val av skrivbordsmiljö" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera ditt val." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera " +"ditt val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -432,14 +505,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på <guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen" +msgstr "" +"Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket " +"installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på " +"<guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -451,21 +529,29 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard." +msgstr "" +"Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</" +"application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med " +"användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> " +"om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än " +"dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</" +"application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre " +"ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Val av paketgrupp" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -496,74 +582,91 @@ msgstr "Grafisk miljö." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda detta alternativ för att manuellt lägga till eller ta bort paket." +msgstr "" +"Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda detta alternativ för att manuellt " +"lägga till eller ta bort paket." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Läs <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> för instruktioner om hur man gör en minimal installation." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Läs <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> för instruktioner om hur man " +"gör en minimal installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Välj individuella paket" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort några extra paket för att anpassa din " "installation." -msgstr "Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort några extra paket för att anpassa din installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Efter att du har gjort ditt val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paket-val (att spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har gjort ditt val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-" +"ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paket-val (att " +"spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för " +"att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma " +"knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurera dina tjänster" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt " "system." -msgstr "Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt system." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att expandera den och se alla tjänster i den." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att " +"expandera den och se alla tjänster i den." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -587,36 +690,45 @@ msgstr "Ändra bara på saker som du mycket väl vet hur du ska ändra." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Ställ in din tidszon" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma tidszon." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma " +"tidszon." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal " +"tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är " +"inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -626,24 +738,31 @@ msgstr "Välj en X-server (Konfigurera ditt grafikkort)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." +msgstr "" +"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att " +"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:" +msgstr "" +"Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet " +"vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -666,7 +785,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin" +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu " +"inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en " +"passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -674,14 +796,20 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller grundläggande kapaciteter." +msgstr "" +"Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen " +"källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt " +"kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller " +"grundläggande kapaciteter." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet." +msgstr "" +"Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du " +"enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -689,30 +817,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från kortets tillverkares hemsida." +msgstr "" +"En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket " +"enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från " +"kortets tillverkares hemsida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du borde göra detta efter din första omstart." +msgstr "" +"Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du " +"borde göra detta efter din första omstart." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Ställa in X, grafikkort och konfiguration av monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -721,19 +855,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att <application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att valet är inkorrekt." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du " +"väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så " +"baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-" +"Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</" +"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan " +"grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-" +"inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att " +"<application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att " +"valet är inkorrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från listan om det behövs." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från " +"listan om det behövs." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -743,7 +888,12 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från " +"listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</" +"guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt " +"ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -755,7 +905,9 @@ msgstr "Inkorrekta uppdateringsfrekvenser kan skada din skärm" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad " +"upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -763,19 +915,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte " +"alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina " +"inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina " +"inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer " +"att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till " +"konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills " +"testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra " +"sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att aktivera eller inaktivera olika val." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att " +"aktivera eller inaktivera olika val." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -787,7 +949,9 @@ msgstr "Att välja din skärm" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." +msgstr "" +"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att " +"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -801,10 +965,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -815,9 +982,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Anpassad</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -839,7 +1006,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Detta är standard-alternativet och försöker avgöra typ av skärm från databasen över skärmar." +msgstr "" +"Detta är standard-alternativet och försöker avgöra typ av skärm från " +"databasen över skärmar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -851,7 +1020,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tillverkare</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:" +msgstr "" +"Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket " +"du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -872,10 +1043,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Standard</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -886,47 +1057,64 @@ msgstr "Anpassad diskpartionering med DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste " +"du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. " +"Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE " +"ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Justera layouten av din(a) disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar." +msgstr "" +"Justera layouten av din(a) disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa " +"partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och " +"även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det är tre stycken." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan " +"lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det " +"är tre stycken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på den valda lagringsenheten" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på " +"den valda lagringsenheten" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den eller töm den." +msgstr "" +"För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan " +"på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den " +"eller töm den." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -961,9 +1149,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -975,7 +1165,9 @@ msgstr "Använd existerande partitioner" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner blivit hittade och får användas för installation." +msgstr "" +"Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner " +"blivit hittade och får användas för installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -985,8 +1177,8 @@ msgstr "Använd fritt utrymme" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -997,8 +1189,8 @@ msgstr "Använd fritt utrymmer på en Windows-partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1033,7 +1225,9 @@ msgstr "Detta alternativ kommer att använda hela disken för Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Notera! Detta kommer att ta bort ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Vidta försiktighet!" +msgstr "" +"Notera! Detta kommer att ta bort ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Vidta " +"försiktighet!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1041,7 +1235,10 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så ska du inte använda detta alternativ." +msgstr "" +"Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat " +"eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så " +"ska du inte använda detta alternativ." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1051,9 +1248,11 @@ msgstr "Anpassad" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/a disk/ar." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/" +"a disk/ar." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1062,8 +1261,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1096,10 +1295,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val du gör under installationen." +msgstr "" +"Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna " +"handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val " +"du gör under installationen." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1110,64 +1312,83 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, " +"om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Grattis" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Du har installerat färdigt och konfigurerat <application>Mageia</application> och det är nu säkert att ta bort installationsmediet och att starta om din dator." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Du har installerat färdigt och konfigurerat <application>Mageia</" +"application> och det är nu säkert att ta bort installationsmediet och att " +"starta om din dator." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Efter omstarten i uppstartshanterarens ruta så kan du välja mellan operativsystemen i din dator (om du har fler än ett)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Efter omstarten i uppstartshanterarens ruta så kan du välja mellan " +"operativsystemen i din dator (om du har fler än ett)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Om du inte justerade inställningarna för uppstartshanteraren så kommer din Mageia-installation automatiskt bli vald och startad." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte justerade inställningarna för uppstartshanteraren så kommer din " +"Mageia-installation automatiskt bli vald och startad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1179,31 +1400,39 @@ msgstr "Njut!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till " +"Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formaterar" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering kommer att sparas." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på " +"partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering " +"kommer att sparas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 @@ -1229,9 +1458,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att " +"fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:18 @@ -1261,22 +1492,27 @@ msgstr "Välkomstskärm till installationen" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:39 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata>" -" </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:47 msgid "" "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref " -"linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1287,16 +1523,17 @@ msgstr "Installationsstegen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:55 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i sidopanelen på skärmen." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i " +"sidopanelen på skärmen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:58 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -1304,7 +1541,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare information om det nuvarande steget." +msgstr "" +"De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare " +"information om det nuvarande steget." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:66 @@ -1314,8 +1553,8 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" @@ -1327,9 +1566,9 @@ msgstr "Installationsalternativ" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:83 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one" -" of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 " -"(Help)</guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -1345,10 +1584,13 @@ msgstr "Hjälpskärm för installation" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:96 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:105 @@ -1360,8 +1602,7 @@ msgstr "Problem vid installation och möjliga lösningar" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Inget grafiskt gränssnitt" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " @@ -1369,16 +1610,14 @@ msgid "" "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:123 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text " -"mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1406,8 +1645,8 @@ msgstr "Alternativ för kärna" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1415,29 +1654,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Uppdateringar" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Sedan denna version av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så har några paket blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade." +msgstr "" +"Sedan denna version av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så har " +"några paket blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1445,7 +1684,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du önskar ladda ner och installera dem, välj <guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra detta nu, eller om du inte är ansluten till internet" +msgstr "" +"Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du önskar ladda ner och installera dem, välj " +"<guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra detta nu, eller om du inte är " +"ansluten till internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1457,26 +1699,27 @@ msgstr "Tryck sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Val av media (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -1485,14 +1728,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-paketförrådet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom att det innehåller basen för distributionen." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-paketförrådet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom att " +"det innehåller basen för distributionen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" @@ -1500,12 +1745,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är " +"släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i " +"denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar " +"i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1516,8 +1765,8 @@ msgstr "Minimal installation" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1534,7 +1783,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer relaterad ruta att erbjuda dig ett fåtal extra-paket att installera så som dokumentation och X." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer relaterad ruta att erbjuda dig " +"ett fåtal extra-paket att installera så som dokumentation och X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1542,34 +1793,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Sammanfattning av diverse parametrar" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1578,7 +1832,11 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX gjorde smarta val för konfigurationen av ditt system beroende på de val som du gjorde och på hårdvaran som DrakX upptäckte. Du kan kolla inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att trycka Konfigurera<guibutton></guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX gjorde smarta val för konfigurationen av ditt system beroende på de " +"val som du gjorde och på hårdvaran som DrakX upptäckte. Du kan kolla " +"inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att trycka " +"Konfigurera<guibutton></guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1594,9 +1852,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tidszon</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX valde en tidszon för dig, beroende på ditt föredragna språk. Du kan ändra det om det behövs. Läs också <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX valde en tidszon för dig, beroende på ditt föredragna språk. Du kan " +"ändra det om det behövs. Läs också <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></" +"xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1608,7 +1869,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar " +"till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1639,9 +1902,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Användarhantering</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Du kan lägga till extra användare här. De kommer att få varsin <literal>/hem-mapp</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lägga till extra användare här. De kommer att få varsin <literal>/hem-" +"mapp</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1653,14 +1918,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tjänster</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Systemtjänster refererar till de små programmen som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. Detta verktyg tillåter dig att aktivera eller inaktivera vissa arbetsuppgifter." +msgstr "" +"Systemtjänster refererar till de små programmen som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. " +"Detta verktyg tillåter dig att aktivera eller inaktivera vissa " +"arbetsuppgifter." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Du borde kolla försiktigt innan du ändrar något här - ett misstag kan förhindra din dator från att fungera korrekt." +msgstr "" +"Du borde kolla försiktigt innan du ändrar något här - ett misstag kan " +"förhindra din dator från att fungera korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -1682,7 +1952,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tangentbord</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangetbordslayout som baseras på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord." +msgstr "" +"Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangetbordslayout som baseras " +"på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1694,7 +1966,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor etc." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor " +"etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1704,9 +1978,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ljudkort</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1716,9 +1990,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiskt gränssnitt</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera dina grafikkort och skärmar." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera dina grafikkort och skärmar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -1728,10 +2002,11 @@ msgstr "För mer information, läs <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>. #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1750,14 +2025,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart, i <application>Mageia Control Center</application>, efter att ha aktiverat Nonfree-medierna." +msgstr "" +"Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner " +"som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart, i " +"<application>Mageia Control Center</application>, efter att ha aktiverat " +"Nonfree-medierna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "När du lägger till ett nätverkskort, glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg att kolla detta gränssnitt också." +msgstr "" +"När du lägger till ett nätverkskort, glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg " +"att kolla detta gränssnitt också." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1770,14 +2051,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en proxytjänst." +msgstr "" +"En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. Denna " +"sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en " +"proxytjänst." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Du kan behöva konsultera din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som du behöver ange här" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Du kan behöva konsultera din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som " +"du behöver ange här" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1792,9 +2078,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Säkerhetsnivå</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator, i de flesta fallen så är standardinställningen (Standard) adekvat för generell användning." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator, i de flesta fallen så är " +"standardinställningen (Standard) adekvat för generell användning." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -1811,50 +2099,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Brandvägg</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "En brandvägg är till för att vara en barriär mellan din viktiga data och rackare ute på nätet som skulle ta över eller stjäla det." +msgstr "" +"En brandvägg är till för att vara en barriär mellan din viktiga data och " +"rackare ute på nätet som skulle ta över eller stjäla det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Välj tjänsterna som du önskar ska få tillgång till ditt system. Dina val är beroende på vad du använder din dator till." +msgstr "" +"Välj tjänsterna som du önskar ska få tillgång till ditt system. Dina val är " +"beroende på vad du använder din dator till." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk." +msgstr "" +"Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partitionen" +msgstr "" +"Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>-partitionen" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partition. Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>-partition. Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra " +"utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Säkerhetsnivå" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -1865,29 +2165,36 @@ msgstr "Här justerar du din säkerhetsnivå." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia Control Center." +msgstr "" +"Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera " +"dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia " +"Control Center." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Välj ditt land / region" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -1895,14 +2202,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Välj ditt land eller region. Det är viktigt för alla typer av inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar." +msgstr "" +"Välj ditt land eller region. Det är viktigt för alla typer av " +"inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel " +"land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</" +"guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -1911,7 +2223,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt riktiga val så ignorera detta.." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> " +"efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som " +"att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt " +"riktiga val så ignorera detta.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -1922,14 +2238,24 @@ msgstr "Inmatningsmetod" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av paket." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en " +"inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare " +"att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). " +"IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien " +"och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska " +"språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så " +"användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra " +"inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander " +"funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av " +"paket." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -1937,7 +2263,11 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via \"Konfigurera din Dator\" -> \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake som root." +msgstr "" +"Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du " +"få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via " +"\"Konfigurera din Dator\" -> \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake " +"som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -1947,9 +2277,11 @@ msgstr "Installation eller Uppgradering" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -1960,7 +2292,9 @@ msgstr "Installera" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-installation." +msgstr "" +"Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-" +"installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -1981,30 +2315,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2017,40 +2351,47 @@ msgstr "Tangentbord" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget passande tangentbord är funnet så kommer det att välja ett tangentbord med amerikansk layout." +msgstr "" +"DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget passande " +"tangentbord är funnet så kommer det att välja ett tangentbord med amerikansk " +"layout." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på <guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt tangentbord där." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på " +"<guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt " +"tangentbord där." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2061,7 +2402,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-Latinska tecken så kommer du att se en extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan Latin och icke-Latinsk tangentbordslayout" +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-Latinska tecken så kommer " +"du att se en extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan " +"Latin och icke-Latinsk tangentbordslayout" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2074,38 +2418,53 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val under installationen och för ditt installerade system." +msgstr "" +"Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din " +"kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val " +"under installationen och för ditt installerade system." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter installationen." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i " +"ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du " +"använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem " +"nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter " +"installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt som vald i rutan för flertalet språk." +msgstr "" +"Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som " +"föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt " +"som vald i rutan för flertalet språk." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord." +msgstr "" +"Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det " +"rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2113,52 +2472,64 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk." +msgstr "" +"Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i " +"rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. " +"Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -> System -> Ändra språk för ditt system." +msgstr "" +"Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -" +"> System -> Ändra språk för ditt system." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Välj mus" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-möss</guilabel> ett bra val." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-" +"möss</guilabel> ett bra val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler knappar." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> " +"för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler " +"knappar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -2168,10 +2539,13 @@ msgstr "Lägg till eller modifiera en post för uppstartsmenyn" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -2184,10 +2558,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 @@ -2200,14 +2577,18 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det helt." +msgstr "" +"Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det " +"helt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "Den huvudsakliga posten är det som systemet startar till om du inte gör ett val vid uppstart." +msgstr "" +"Den huvudsakliga posten är det som systemet startar till om du inte gör ett " +"val vid uppstart." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 @@ -2221,31 +2602,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Huvudsakliga alternativ för uppstartshanterare" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Om du föredrar andra inställningar för uppstartsladdaren för de som är automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Om du föredrar andra inställningar för uppstartsladdaren för de som är " +"automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -2299,16 +2682,16 @@ msgstr "Använder en existerande uppstartshanterare" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -2321,8 +2704,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2330,8 +2713,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -2344,9 +2727,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2354,29 +2737,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -2397,7 +2779,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -2408,8 +2790,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2426,9 +2809,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -2441,7 +2823,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2456,30 +2838,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/sv/misc-params.xml index b9a24bc8..0dcf784d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sv/misc-params.xml @@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ etc.</para> <listitem> <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3"><guilabel>Ljudkort</guilabel>:</para> - <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a">Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to -select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver -for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a">The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option +to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one +driver for your card, but none of them is the default one.</para> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/docs/installer/sv/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/sv/soundConfig.xml index 60c3c61c..2f37ece1 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv/soundConfig.xml +++ b/docs/installer/sv/soundConfig.xml @@ -18,8 +18,9 @@ <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-soundConfig.png" revision="1" format="PNG" xml:id="soundConfig-im1" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound -card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one. + <para>In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your +sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default +one. </para> <para>The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ to solve the problem. <para>Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers -available, but you think installer selected the wrong one. +available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one. </para> <para>In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on diff --git a/docs/installer/tr.po b/docs/installer/tr.po index a3657612..ca44aa22 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr.po +++ b/docs/installer/tr.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-08 18:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-09 01:42+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Mageia Turkish Translation Team <i18n-tr@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" "\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ msgid "" "add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" "add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 @@ -424,9 +424,9 @@ msgid "" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -454,8 +454,8 @@ msgid "" "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" "\", \"Type\")." msgstr "" -"Her disk bölümü şöyle görüntülenir: \"Aygıt\" (\"Boyut\", \"Bağlama noktası\", " -"\"Türü\")." +"Her disk bölümü şöyle görüntülenir: \"Aygıt\" (\"Boyut\", \"Bağlama noktası" +"\", \"Türü\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 @@ -463,8 +463,8 @@ msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." msgstr "" -"\"Aygıt\", şunları ifade eder: \"sabit disk\", [\"sabit disk numarası\" (harf)] , " -"\"disk bölümü numarası\" (mesela, \"sda5\")." +"\"Aygıt\", şunları ifade eder: \"sabit disk\", [\"sabit disk numarası" +"\" (harf)] , \"disk bölümü numarası\" (mesela, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 @@ -477,11 +477,11 @@ msgid "" "literal> partition of a cauldron install." msgstr "" "Bir çok disk bölümünüz varsa, açılır menüden bir çok farklı bağlama " -"noktasını seçebilirsiniz, mesela <literal>/</literal>, " -"<literal>/home</literal> ve <literal>/var</literal>. Üstelik kendi disk " -"bölümlerinizi de oluşturabilirsiniz. Mesela, filmlerinizi sakladığınız bir " -"disk bölümü için <literal>/video</literal> veya cauldron kurulumunuzun " -"<literal>/home</literal> disk bölümü için <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>." +"noktasını seçebilirsiniz, mesela <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</" +"literal> ve <literal>/var</literal>. Üstelik kendi disk bölümlerinizi de " +"oluşturabilirsiniz. Mesela, filmlerinizi sakladığınız bir disk bölümü için " +"<literal>/video</literal> veya cauldron kurulumunuzun <literal>/home</" +"literal> disk bölümü için <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 @@ -564,10 +564,9 @@ msgstr "" "Her ikisi de faydalı uygulama ve araçların tam seti ile gelir. Hiçbirini " "kullanmak istemiyor veya her ikisini de kullanmak istiyor ya da bu masaüstü " "ortamları için öntanımlı olanlardan farklı yazılımlar kullanmak istiyorsanız " -"<guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyin. " -"<application>LXDE</application> masaüstü bunların ikisinden de hafif olup " -"öntanımlı olarak daha az paket kurulumu ve daha az göze hoş gelici " -"özellikler içerir." +"<guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyin. <application>LXDE</" +"application> masaüstü bunların ikisinden de hafif olup öntanımlı olarak daha " +"az paket kurulumu ve daha az göze hoş gelici özellikler içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 @@ -581,8 +580,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -627,8 +626,8 @@ msgid "" "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " "a minimal install." msgstr "" -"En ufak kurulumu nasıl yapacağınıza dair yönergeler için <xref linkend" -"=\"minimal-install\"></xref> yardımını okuyun." +"En ufak kurulumu nasıl yapacağınıza dair yönergeler için <xref linkend=" +"\"minimal-install\"></xref> yardımını okuyun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 @@ -642,8 +641,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 @@ -681,9 +680,9 @@ msgid "" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 @@ -737,9 +736,9 @@ msgid "" "png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 @@ -780,9 +779,9 @@ msgid "" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" "\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -881,9 +880,9 @@ msgid "" "\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -902,12 +901,11 @@ msgstr "" "(ayrıca masaüstü ortamı olarak bilinirler) seçtiğiniz fark etmeksizin, " "bunların tümü <acronym>X Pencere Sistemi</acronym> olarak veya basitçe " "<acronym>X</acronym> olarak bilinen bir grafiksel kullanıcı arayüzü " -"sistemine dayanırlar. Yani, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, " -"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> veya herhangi başka bir " -"grafiksel ortamın düzgün çalışabilmesi için <acronym>X</acronym> ayarlarının " -"doğru yapılması gerekir. <application>DrakX</application> bir seçim " -"yapamıyorsa veya seçimin yanlış olduğunu düşünüyorsanız doğru ayarları " -"seçin." +"sistemine dayanırlar. Yani, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" +"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> veya herhangi başka bir grafiksel ortamın " +"düzgün çalışabilmesi için <acronym>X</acronym> ayarlarının doğru yapılması " +"gerekir. <application>DrakX</application> bir seçim yapamıyorsa veya seçimin " +"yanlış olduğunu düşünüyorsanız doğru ayarları seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 @@ -965,9 +963,8 @@ msgstr "" "soran bir soru kutusu görüyorsanız \"evet\" cevabını vererek ayarların " "kaydedilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Herhangi bir şey görmüyorsanız " "yapılandırma ekranına geri yönlendirilirsiniz ve denemeniz başarılı oluncaya " -"kadar her şeyi yeniden ayarlayabilirsiniz. <emphasis>Düğme " -"görüntülenmiyorsa ayarlarınızın güvenli tarafta olduğundan emin " -"olun</emphasis>" +"kadar her şeyi yeniden ayarlayabilirsiniz. <emphasis>Düğme görüntülenmiyorsa " +"ayarlarınızın güvenli tarafta olduğundan emin olun</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 @@ -1012,8 +1009,9 @@ msgid "" "png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1072,8 +1070,7 @@ msgid "" "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" msgstr "" "Kurulum aracı monitörünüzü doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve monitörünüzün " -"hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, monitörünüzü ağaçtan şuna göre " -"seçebilirsiniz:" +"hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, monitörünüzü ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1117,8 +1114,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 @@ -1214,8 +1211,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" " -"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1420,9 +1417,9 @@ msgid "" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" "Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının " -"geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme " -"Ekibi</link> ile irtibat kurun." +"geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Ekibi</link> ile " +"irtibat kurun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 @@ -1441,8 +1438,8 @@ msgid "" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 @@ -1484,8 +1481,8 @@ msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" msgstr "" -"Herhangi bir sorunuz varsa veya Mageia' ya katkıda bulunmak istiyorsanız " -"www.mageia.org adresini ziyaret edin" +"Herhangi bir sorunuz varsa veya Mageia' ya katkıda bulunmak istiyorsanız www." +"mageia.org adresini ziyaret edin" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 @@ -1504,8 +1501,8 @@ msgid "" "imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 @@ -1552,8 +1549,8 @@ msgid "" "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" -"Seçimi hakkında emin olduğunuzda devam etmek için " -"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesini tıklayın." +"Seçimi hakkında emin olduğunuzda devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</" +"guibutton> düğmesini tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:18 @@ -1592,9 +1589,9 @@ msgid "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 @@ -1602,7 +1599,8 @@ msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" "\"1\"/>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:47 @@ -1643,8 +1641,8 @@ msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." msgstr "" -"Çoğu ekran, geçerli adım için açıklamalar içeren " -"<guibutton>Yardım</guibutton> düğmesine sahiptir." +"Çoğu ekran, geçerli adım için açıklamalar içeren <guibutton>Yardım</" +"guibutton> düğmesine sahiptir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:66 @@ -1663,8 +1661,8 @@ msgstr "" "bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, " "bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi " "kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen " -"bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guibutton>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guibutton> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan " +"bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guibutton> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan " "sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> " "tuşlarına aynı anda basın." @@ -1701,9 +1699,9 @@ msgid "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:105 @@ -1737,10 +1735,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Donanım çok eskiyse, grafiksel bir kurulum mümkün olmayabilir. Bu durumda " "metin tabanlı kurulumu denemelisiniz. Bunu kullanmak için, ilk karşılama " -"ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. \"boot:\" " -"kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. \"text\" yazın ve " -"ENTER tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam " -"edin.<emphasis></emphasis>" +"ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. \"boot:" +"\" kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. \"text\" yazın ve " +"ENTER tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin.<emphasis></" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:135 @@ -1797,8 +1795,8 @@ msgid "" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 @@ -1841,8 +1839,9 @@ msgid "" "\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 @@ -1967,8 +1966,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2001,8 +2000,8 @@ msgid "" ">" msgstr "" "DrakX tercih ettiğiniz dile bağlı olarak bir zaman dilimi seçti. Gerekirse " -"bunu değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca bakınız: <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"bunu değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca bakınız: <xref linkend=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2052,8 +2051,8 @@ msgid "" "You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" "literal> directories." msgstr "" -"İlave kullanıcıları buraya ekleyebilirsiniz. Bu kullanıcılar kendi " -"<literal>/home</literal> dizinlerine sahip olacaklardır." +"İlave kullanıcıları buraya ekleyebilirsiniz. Bu kullanıcılar kendi <literal>/" +"home</literal> dizinlerine sahip olacaklardır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2125,9 +2124,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ses kartı</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" "Kurulum aracı, varsa öntanımlı sürücüyü kullanır. Farklı bir sürücü seçeneği " "sadece kartınız için birden fazla sürücü varsa ve bunların hiç biri " @@ -2142,8 +2141,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiksel arabirim</guilabel>:" #: en/misc-params.xml:139 msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "" -"Bu bölüm ekran kart(lar)ınızı ve görüntüleme araçlarınızı " -"ayarlayabilirsiniz." +"Bu bölüm ekran kart(lar)ınızı ve görüntüleme araçlarınızı ayarlayabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -2156,9 +2154,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2180,8 +2177,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Burada ağınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz; fakat Nonfree deposunu " "etkinleştirmediyseniz müseccel sürücüler kullanan ağ kartları için " -"bilgisayarı yeniden başlattıktan sonra <application>Mageia Denetim " -"Merkezi</application>'nde ayarlamanız iyi olacaktır." +"bilgisayarı yeniden başlattıktan sonra <application>Mageia Denetim Merkezi</" +"application>'nde ayarlamanız iyi olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 @@ -2306,8 +2303,8 @@ msgid "" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2345,8 +2342,8 @@ msgid "" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2402,11 +2399,11 @@ msgstr "" "(listenin sonunda) seçebilirsiniz. Girdi yöntemleri kullanıcıların birden " "çok alfabe karakterlerini (Çince, Japonca, Korece v.b.) kullanmalarını " "sağlar. IBus Mageia DVD' lerinde, Afrika/Hindistan ve Asya Çalışan CDlerinde " -"yer alan ön tanımlı girdi yöntemidir. Asya veya Afrika dilleri için, IBus " -"ön tanımlı girdi yöntemi olarak ayarlanır ve böylece kullanıcıların elle " -"ayar yapmaları gerekmez. Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME vb.) " -"benzer işlevler sunar ve paket seçiminden önce HTTP/FTP veri kaynağı " -"ayarlanmışsa kurulabilirler." +"yer alan ön tanımlı girdi yöntemidir. Asya veya Afrika dilleri için, IBus ön " +"tanımlı girdi yöntemi olarak ayarlanır ve böylece kullanıcıların elle ayar " +"yapmaları gerekmez. Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME vb.) benzer " +"işlevler sunar ve paket seçiminden önce HTTP/FTP veri kaynağı ayarlanmışsa " +"kurulabilirler." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2431,8 +2428,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2475,9 +2472,9 @@ msgstr "" "Bu kurulum aracı sürümü yayınlandığında denenmiş olan ve <emphasis>halen " "desteklenen</emphasis> sadece bir önceki Mageia sürümünden yükseltme " "mümkündür. Bu sürümün yayınlandığı esnada Destek \tSüresinin Sonuna gelmiş " -"olan bir Mageia sürümünden yükseltme yapmak isteseniz de " -"<literal>/home</literal> disk bölümünü koruyarak temiz ve yeni bir kurulum " -"yapmanız daha iyi olacaktır." +"olan bir Mageia sürümünden yükseltme yapmak isteseniz de <literal>/home</" +"literal> disk bölümünü koruyarak temiz ve yeni bir kurulum yapmanız daha iyi " +"olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 @@ -2496,8 +2493,8 @@ msgstr "" "bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, " "bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi " "kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen " -"bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan " +"bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guilabel> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan " "sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel>tuşlarına " "aynı anda basın." @@ -2534,8 +2531,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" "\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 @@ -2551,8 +2548,8 @@ msgstr "" "Klavyenizin hangi düzene sahip olduğunu bilmiyorsanız sisteminiz ile " "birlikte gelen özelliklere bakın veya bilgisayar satıcınıza sorun. Klavye " "üzerinde düzenini gösteren bir etiket de bulunabilir. Ayrıca şuraya da " -"bakabilirsiniz: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layo" -"ut\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"bakabilirsiniz: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 @@ -2613,9 +2610,9 @@ msgid "" "difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" "Sisteminizde kendiniz veya diğer kullanıcılar için başka dillerin de kurulu " -"olması gerekiyorsa, bunları şimdi eklemek için <guibutton>Çoklu " -"dil</guibutton> düğmesini kullanın. Kurulumdan sonra ek dil desteği eklemek " -"zor olacaktır." +"olması gerekiyorsa, bunları şimdi eklemek için <guibutton>Çoklu dil</" +"guibutton> düğmesini kullanın. Kurulumdan sonra ek dil desteği eklemek zor " +"olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 @@ -2664,8 +2661,8 @@ msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" -"Sisteminizin dilini kurulumdan sonra Mageia Denetim Merkezi -> Sistem " -"-> Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin bölümünden de " +"Sisteminizin dilini kurulumdan sonra Mageia Denetim Merkezi -> Sistem -" +"> Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin bölümünden de " "değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3022,8 +3019,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" "Bu ekranda kurulum aracının ses kartınız için seçtiği ve varsa öntanımlı " "sürücünün ismi sunulur." @@ -3040,8 +3038,8 @@ msgstr "" "Öntanımlı sürücünün sorunsuz çalışması gerekir. Ancak, yüklendikten sonra " "sorunla karşılaşırsanız, <command>draksound</command> komutunu çalıştırın " "veya bu aracı MDD (Mageia Denetim Merkezi) <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> " -"sekmesinde ekranın sağ üst köşesindeki <guilabel>Ses " -"Yapılandırması</guilabel> seçeneğini tıklayarak çalıştırın." +"sekmesinde ekranın sağ üst köşesindeki <guilabel>Ses Yapılandırması</" +"guilabel> seçeneğini tıklayarak çalıştırın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 @@ -3065,7 +3063,7 @@ msgstr "Gelişmiş" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" "Kurulum sırasında bu ekranda <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine " "tıklamak öntanımlı bir sürücü yoksa ve erişilebilir başka sürücüler mevcutsa " diff --git a/docs/installer/uk.po b/docs/installer/uk.po index ff341c36..03fa7bfe 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk.po +++ b/docs/installer/uk.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-08 18:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-08 18:52+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" @@ -2195,9 +2195,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Звукова плата</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"Installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to " -"select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver " -"for your card, but none of them is the default one." +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" "Засобом встановлення буде використано типовий драйвер, якщо такий типовий " "драйвер передбачено. Можливість вибору іншого драйвера буде надано, лише " @@ -3111,8 +3111,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 msgid "" -"In this screen the name of the driver that installer chose for your sound " -"card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one." +"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " +"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " +"one." msgstr "" "На цій сторінці буде показано назву драйвера, який інструмент встановлення " "вибрав для вашої звукової картки. Цим драйвером буде типовий драйвер, якщо " @@ -3155,7 +3156,7 @@ msgstr "Додатково" msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " -"available, but you think installer selected the wrong one." +"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." msgstr "" "Кнопкою <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> під час встановлення варто " "користуватися, якщо для картки не передбачено типового драйвера або якщо " |